hide results

    FAQ/Walkthrough by Representative

    Version: Final | Updated: 12/26/09 | Search Guide | Bookmark Guide

                                                                                  .
      .                                                                        ,..)
      |\_                                                               _,~-```  // 
     >:  \~^                                                           <_     .   .
     .>`    `^~                                                         .|   '|  /;
      ;\  ._  `.                                                     __-/<  | |  |:
       ;\ \ `~. `.                                               :``` _  /  | |  |:
        ;\ .  .` .`|`~~_ -~.___   .. ____  _  __      ___  _ .--.,\  / \/|  | |  |:
         ;\ |/ .`  | .  \`: __ | |  |\   \< >| /     < . |(| ||`) )||  | |  | |  |:
    ._    :|  `.   || \ / ||  \| || ||/||| ||||    __ ||\|| >||_// | >   |  | |  |:
    :\\   :||.  `. | ` <  | >    |= |  ||` |= |.-./ _(| > || | <`  ||  | |  |.|  |:
     ;|\  :|| `.  ~||`~.` ||__/| ||||  ||  ||||':'||= ||_ || /|\\  /|  /\| //|   |:
      ;\\ :||   | |||  || |   _|/_|/_\/__\/_>/_\ .|/ /__// // || \/ \_/  \//`.   |:
       ;\\:||   | ||| /.| ~-``..................:-:......-- -- \//         |     |: 
        ;\^;|. .| ~`- `.....;;                            ;;..... ``~-,_   /-    \
         ;\_  \/.` ..;;                                          ;;..   ``-:;`--_ .
          ; \__/..;                                                  ;.....: ;..  
           ;...;                                                                ;.`
    
    _______________________________________________________________________________
    
    
    _______________________________________________________________________________
    
    Title:    BREATH OF FIRE II
              Super Nintendo Entertainment System
              Guide
    Version:  Final
    Created:  Thursday, March 1, 2001
    Revised:  Friday, December 25, 2009
    
    _______________________________________________________________________________
    
                                   Table of Contents
    _______________________________________________________________________________
    
    I   Introduction
         - Preface
         - Story
         - Controls
    
    II  Characters
         - Overview
         - Ryu
         - Bow
         - Rand
         - Katt
         - Nina
         - Sten
         - Jean
         - Spar
         - Bleu
    
    III Walkthrough
         - Overview
         - Scenario 1  The Destined Child..............................0 -   4
         - Scenario 2  Rangers to the Rescue...........................5 -  11
         - Scenario 3  The Coliseum...................................12 -  16
         - Scenario 4  Finding Nina...................................17 -  21
         - Scenario 5  The Birth of TownShip..........................22 -  30 
         - Scenario 6  The Frog, the Witch, and the Wardrobe?.........31 -  35
         - Scenario 7  Dining Out At WildCat Restaurant...............36 -  38
         - Scenario 8  Dethroning the SimaFort Prince Imposter........39 -  42
         - Scenario 9  Proving Bow's Innocence........................43 -  47
         - Scenario 10 Snap Out of It, Grandpa!.......................48 -  50
         - Scenario 11 An Uparupa in Exchange for a Grassman..........51 -  56
         - Scenario 12 A Quest to Refresh an Old Tree's Memory........57 -  58
         - Scenario 13 Quest Leg 1:  To Highfort to Find a Flute......59 -  60
         - Scenario 14 Quest Leg 2:  To Tunlan to Cure a Queen........61 -  67
         - Scenario 15 Quest Leg 3:  Dream World......................68 -  74
         - Scenario 16 Through the Fog and the Sky....................75 -  79
         - Scenario 17 Paying Homage to St. Namanda...................80 -  89
         - Scenario 18 Back to Windia:  Mina's Decision...............90 -  95
         - Scenario 19 The Resistance and the Thieves' Tomb...........96 - 100
         - Scenario 20 Infiltrating the Holy City of Evrai...........101 - 106
         - Scenario 21 The Return to Gate............................107 - 113
         - Scenario 22 Hot On the Footsteps of One Elusive Thief.....114 - 119
         - Scenario 23 On the Verge of His Awakening.................120 - 123
         - Scenario 24 Climbing Down the Depths of Infinity..........124 - 131
    
    IV  Appendices
         - Endings
         - Shamans
         - Hints
    
    V   Conclusion
         - Credits
         - Copyrights
    
    _______________________________________________________________________________
    
                                     I Introduction
    _______________________________________________________________________________
    
                                      o---------o
                                      | Preface |
                                      o---------o
    
    This guide was created while playing the Super Nintendo Entertainment System
    (SNES) version of BREATH OF FIRE II in 2001 and the walkthrough was completed
    in 2002.  Since then, it has been updated continually ranging from the most
    miniscule of updates, such as fixing spelling errors, to the most substantial,
    such as adding an item that was not listed before!  (A travesty to the
    perfectionist!)
    
    It is with sadness that I inform you that this is the final version of this
    guide.  Any mistakes will just have to suffice unfortunately.  I can no
    longer devote any energy to maintain and update this guide.  I have removed
    my e-mail address so let me address any possible reasons for wanting to
    contact me.  These were the only three type of e-mails I ever received
    over the past eight years, if I recall right.
    
    (1) Any errors will have to be tolerated as I no longer plan on updating
    the guide.  I apologize in advance.  If you're unsure about something, just
    go with your gut feeling over what's written in this guide.
    
    (2) You may host this guide on your website.  But please do not modify its
    contents.
    
    (3) If all you wanted to do was say "thank you" (rare!), just know that I
    appreciate your words and just say them out loud.  An omnipotent force will
    carry your words to me and let me know in some way or another! :)
    
                                       o-------o
                                       | Story |
                                       o-------o
    
    Evil has begun surfacing itself in many forms:  Monsters are appearing in
    abundance and the wind has begun blowing more fiercely from the bushes near
    the village of Gate.  A religious movement has formed, sweeping towns left and
    right with its teachings of a new hope that the people can cling to.  Something
    is amiss, but no one can pinpoint just what's going on.
    
    The story of BREATH OF FIRE II centers around a child named Ryu.  It is Ryu
    and his friends who must travel across the world and discover the source of
    this new evil.  Along the way, he will go through many a trial, and be tested
    to the utmost.  But one question will linger unanswered for some time:  why has
    Ryu been chosen to undertake this important quest?  The answer will be
    revealed in due time.
    
                                      o----------o
                                      | Controls |
                                      o----------o
    
    The controls for BREATH OF FIRE II are depicted with the help of the following
    diagram of the Super Nintendo Entertainment System Controller:
    
                                ________________________
                              .' ( L )            ( R ) '.
                            .'    »»»SUPER NINTENDO»»»_   '.
                           ,    _                    (X)  _ ,
                          .   _| |_                _  »  (A) .
                          .  |_   _|     _   _    (Y)  _  »  .
                          .    |_|      //  //     »  (B)    .
                           ,         SELECT START      »    ,
                            .        ______________        .
                             '.____.'              '.____.'
    
    CONTROL PAD:    Move the cursor whilst in a Command Screen or move the
                    character in the lead of the marching order while in control of
                    the party on the field.
    SELECT BUTTON:  Display the world map while on the world screen field.
    START BUTTON:   Advance past the title screen to the file select screen.
    Y BUTTON:       Activate a character's special power while in control of the
                    party on the field.
    X BUTTON:       Enter the Main Command Screen while in control of the party on
                    the field.
    B BUTTON:       Cancel a command or exit out of a Command Screen.
    A BUTTON:       Confirm a command whilst in a Command Screen or talk to a
                    person, open a treasure chest, or perform other activities on
                    the field while in control of the party.
    L BUTTON:       Shift the current marching order in reverse order by one
                    character slot.
    R BUTTON:       Shift the current marching order in forward order by one
                    character slot.
    
    _______________________________________________________________________________
    
                                     II Characters
    _______________________________________________________________________________
    
                                     o----------o
                                     | Overview |
                                     o----------o
    
    Each character is divided by the following three sections:
    
    (1) Biography
    (2) Characteristics
    (3) Natural Spells
    
    Biography
    _________
    
    Somewhat self explanatory, I hope.  This is merely a few remarks about the
    character's personality and a little background information about them.
    
    Characteristics
    _______________
    
    Special Power:   Used on the field by pressing the Y BUTTON on the Controller.
    Field Ability:   Whether or not the character can hunt or fish or do neither.
    Special Combat:  The character's special command during combat
    Learned Spells:  The amount of natural spells the character learns.
    
    Natural Spells
    ______________
    
    The spells the character will learn as they raise their level, or has already
    learned by the time that they join you.  Due to the way Breath of Fire 2's
    algorithm for learning spells works, you may notice a slight deviation in the
    actual LV listed here and the LV your character learns the spells by about 1 or
    2 LVs.
    
    For example, your Bow may end up learning the spell Cure 3 at LV 32 or LV 34
    instead of what I noted for him:  LV 33.
    
                                        o-----o
                                        | Ryu |
                                        o-----o
    Biography
    _________
    
    Ryu is the protagonist of the story.  He, his father Ganer, and his sister Yua, 
    have been saddened by a family member's death.  He has the power of the dragon 
    inside of him, but to awaken those powers he must first recognize them.
    
    Characteristics
    _______________
    
    Special Power:   None
    Field Ability:   Fish
    Special Combat:  Guts ->  Recovers a part of Ryu's lost HP.  The less HP he
                              has, the more it heals.  Has 1/8 chance to fail.
    Learned Spells:  4
    
    Natural Spells
    ______________
    
    TimeWarp:  LV 2
    Cure 1:    LV 7
    Cure 2:    LV 16
    Smoke:     LV 19
                                        o-----o
                                        | Bow |
                                        o-----o
    Biography
    _________
    
    Bow resembles an old-fashioned puppy, but more importantly, he has had a very
    troubled childhood.  He will become best friends with Ryu, and like him, is a
    fellow ranger.
    
    Characteristics
    _______________
    
    Special Power:   None
    Field Ability:   Hunt
    Special Combat:  Shot -> Has a chance to either deal a lethal blow to the
                             monster.  If failing, it will inflict 1 HP damage.
                             Some monsters are more susceptible to this attack than
                             others.
    Learned Spells:  11
    
    Natural Spells
    ______________
    
    Cure 1:   LV 2
    CurePsn:  LV 3
    Def-Up:   LV 5
    Cure 2:   LV 16
    Renew:    LV 20
    Heal:     LV 23
    Def-UpX:  LV 26
    Cure 4:   LV 30
    Cure 3:   LV 33
    Renew X:  Lv 36
    Cure X:   LV 40
    
                                       o------o
                                       | Rand |
                                       o------o
    
    Biography
    _________
    
    Rand is a strong ox with a kind heart.  He takes a little after his mother, who
    will play a part of the story.  His extremely strong attacks combined with his
    ability to cast many curative spells make him a very wise selection in your
    party.
    
    Characteristics
    _______________
    
    Special Power:   Roll
    Field Ability:   None
    Special Combat:  Wake -> Attacks a party member for low damage.  Can wake from
                             sleep status, and can resurrect a dead party member to
                             1 HP; doesn't work very often.
    Learned Spells:  9
    
    Natural Spells
    ______________
    
    Cure 1:   Already Learned
    CurePsn:  Already Learned
    Thunder:  LV 9
    Cure 2:   LV 17
    8.0:      LV 24
    Renew:    LV 27
    Heal:     LV 31
    Cure 3:   LV 35
    Cure 4:   LV 37
    
                                       o------o
                                       | Katt |
                                       o------o
    
    Biography
    _________
    
    Katt's fiery hair matches her personality--she is strong and fights for what 
    she believes in.  She is also quite friendly and will prove to be a valuable 
    asset to you in your journeys.  Her cat-like characteristics combined
    with her human-like figure make her a very appealing person.
    
    Characteristics
    _______________
    
    Special Power:   Whack It (With My Stick!)
    Field Ability:   Hunt
    Special Combat:  Dare -> Katt uses her turn to provoke monsters into attacking
                             her rather than the other characters in the party.
                             Not really useful because of Katt's low HP and
                             Defense.
    Learned Spells:  3
    
    Natural Spells
    ______________
    
    Fireball:  LV 11
    Hail:      LV 13
    Bolt X:    LV 15
                                       o------o
                                       | Nina |
                                       o------o
    
    Biography
    _________
    
    While Nina may be a princess of Windia, she truly does not fit in with royalty.
    She may not be strong physically, but her spells make her very useful in many
    battles.  She has wings on her back, so she isn't an ordinary human.
    
    Characteristics
    _______________
    
    Special Power:   Fly (Over Holes In Dungeons) / Call Mina (Late In The Game)
    Field Ability:   None
    Special Combat:  Will -> Recovers AP.  The less AP she has, the more likely
                             she is to recover AP, and the more AP she will end up
                             getting.
    Learned Spells:  20
    
    Natural Spells
    ______________
    
    Tornado:   Already Learned
    Thunder:   Already Learned
    Cold:      Already Learned
    Spark:     Already Learned
    Ag-Down:   LV 9
    Pwr.Down:  LV 10
    Exit:      LV 12
    S.Boom:    LV 13
    Def-Down:  LV 15
    Drain:     LV 17
    Flame:     LV 20
    Typhoon:   LV 22
    Freeze:    LV 24
    Angel:     LV 26
    Death:     LV 28
    Hail:      LV 31
    Bolt X:    LV 36
    Fireball:  LV 55
    Bomb:      LV 56
    Missile:   LV 57
    
                                       o------o
                                       | Sten |
                                       o------o
    
    Biography
    _________
    
    Sten has a mysterious past and won't talk about it to anyone.  He's moved on,
    having left his hometown for personal reasons.  He isn't much of a fighter, but
    his mix of decent attacks and decent spells makes him an all-around useful
    party member.  His Reach power will prove to be very useful to you in certain
    situations.  Make sure you have this cool monkey nearby in your party.
    
    Characteristics
    _______________
    
    Special Power:   Reach
    Field Ability:   None
    Special Combat:  Rip -> Sten plays dead, and won't be targetted by monsters.
                            He still attacks that turn, but it seems to make no
                            difference he inflicts.  If he is the lone survivor,
                            he will still be targetted, and will take much more
                            damage--not to be used when he's alone!
    Learned Spells:  5
    
    Natural Spells
    ______________
    
    Spark:     Already Learned
    Bomb:      LV 10
    Flame:     LV 15
    Fireball:  LV 33
    Missile:   LV 38
    
                                       o------o
                                       | Jean |
                                       o------o
    Biography
    _________
    
    Jean has a very special connection to the royalty of his hometown of SimaFort.  
    When you first meet him, you will be unaware of how he really looks like until
    a little later on.  He knows French and isn't afraid to use it!
    
    Characteristics
    _______________
    
    Special Power:   Turns Into A Gigantic Frog
    Field Ability:   None
    Special Combat:  Jab -> Jean attacks all monsters on the field, but inflicts
                            less damage.
    Learned Spells:  9
    
    
    Natural Spells
    ______________
    
    Ag-Up:     Already Learned
    Hush:      LV 12
    Warp:      LV 14
    Pwr.Down:  LV 16
    Cold:      LV 18
    Idle:      LV 20
    Angel:     LV 30
    Death:     LV 32
    Renew:     LV 34
    
                                       o------o
                                       | Spar |
                                       o------o
    
    Biography
    _________
    
    Spar is a being of nature and has many friends of the forest.  Before you can
    recruit him into your party, you must first rescue him from the caged cell he
    has been placed into.  His unique transformation abilities with shamans make
    him quite a unique character to command.  His abundance of spells makes him
    one of the most useful characters in the game.
    
    Characteristics
    _______________
    
    Special Power:   Walk Through Forests
    Field Ability:   None
    Special Combat:  Ntre -> Spar calls on the power of nature.  It works on all
                             open fields, but not in underground, basement
                             dungeons.  There are several attacks depending on the
                             background of the battlefield.  It can go from a small
                             healing to all characters, to a tree that attacks all
                             monsters for huge damage, to a cactus exploding, to
                             flowers blooming (defense down on monsters).
    Learned Spells:  18
    
    Natural Spells
    ______________
    
    Cold:      Already Learned
    Cure 1:    Already Learned
    Ag-Down:   Already Learned
    Pwr.Down:  Already Learned
    Def-Down:  Already Learned
    Hush:      Already Learned
    Ag-Up:     Already Learned
    Def-Up:    LV 14
    Idle:      LV 16
    Exit:      LV 18
    Warp:      LV 19
    Sap:       LV 21
    Drain:     LV 22
    Cure 2:    LV 26
    Freeze:    LV 28
    Shield:    LV 30
    Def-UpX:   LV 32
    Atk-Up:    LV 36
    
                                       o------o
                                       | Bleu |
                                       o------o
    Biography
    _________
    
    The name "Bleu" should sound familiar to you!  She is quite ancient, but her
    appearance is that of a young woman.  She appears to be a snake, but she can
    live outside the water just fine.  There are a lot of mysterious things about
    her, but one thing's for certain:  Bleu is the most powerful magician in the
    world!  If you can only get her to join the party...
    
    Characteristics
    _______________
    
    Special Power:   None
    Field Ability:   Hunt
    Special Combat:  Shed -> Bleu recovers all HP and status ailment, but her
                             defense lowers (defense down status). Unlike Ryu's
                             ability, it works all the time and recovers all HP.
    Learned Spells:  19
    
    Natural Spells
    ______________
    
    S.Boom:    Already Learned
    Bomb:      Already Learned
    Flame:     Already Learned
    Freeze:    Already Learned
    Death:     Already Learned
    Ag-Down:   Already Learned
    Pwr.Down:  Already Learned
    Def-Down:  Already Learned
    Ag-Up:     Already Learned
    Def-Up:    Already Learned
    Atk-Up:    Already Learned
    Sap:       Already Learned
    Drain:     Already Learned
    Exit:      Already Learned
    Warp:      Already Learned
    Fireball:  LV 36
    Hail:      LV 37
    Missile:   LV 38
    Bolt X:    LV 39
    
    _______________________________________________________________________________
    
                                    III Walkthrough
    _______________________________________________________________________________
    
                                    o------------o
                                    | Directions |
                                    o------------o
    
    The walkthrough is separated by large blocks of segments called "scenarios."
    These are unofficial; just think of these as chapters that divide the game into
    a more manageable fashion for you and I to refer to.  I've numbered each area
    beginning with the first area, Gate (1), all the way through to the end.  I
    also listed what level my hero was when I entered the area, and who my party
    consisted of.  Levels and parties are just preferences; you could very well end
    up at the last stage of the game with completely different levels and an
    entirely different party than what I had used.
    
    I also listed what items were available in each area, and where each item 
    is located, so you can find it.  There will be times where you won't be able 
    to get certain items in places such as HomeTown until advancing further in 
    the game.  For example, you can't enter the church of HomeTown, which has 
    an Herb in one of its dressers, until after going through Mt.Fubi and some 
    other places.  I've taken up the task of putting up these places again 
    when it's a good time to back to that place and get the item(s).
    
    Any item I list followed by a * means that it's a Special Item.  Special 
    Items are found under the "Spcls" menu in the Item's Command Screen, and 
    cannot be used normally.  Sometimes, they will disappear from the list after 
    their purpose is finished.
    
    The main hero of Breath of Fire II's default name is "Ryu."  That's what I 
    will call him in the entire walkthrough.  If you named your hero a different 
    name, then you might not be able to fully enjoy the walkthrough--but I'm sure 
    you can manage!  :)
    
    In essence, this walkthrough just shows you where items are in dungeons and the
    like.  There are a few exceptions where I specifically mention items that you
    can only get from fishing (the best weapon and armor for example) and how to
    get those items.  For additional information on the specialized mini-games and
    hunting/fishing, I suggest looking at in-depth guides (assuming they exist) for
    those activities.  In particular, Ben Siron's guide is very, very good.
    
                             o----------------------------o
                             |!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!|
                             |!!!.--------------------.!!!|
                             |!!!|                    |!!!|
                             |!!!|     Scenario 1     |!!!|
                             |!!!| The Destined Child |!!!|
                             |!!!|                    |!!!|
                             |!!!.--------------------.!!!|
                             |!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!|
                             o----------------------------o
    
    o-----------o
    | 0.  Start |
    o-----------o
    
    Insert the BREATH OF FIRE II game pak into the Super Nintendo Entertainment
    System and turn the system on.  Wait for the title screen to appear and press
    the A or START BUTTONs to advance to the File Select Screen.
    
    (Note:  If you wait for a brief period of time whilst on the title screen, the
    game will loop a small clip of each of the main characters in action.)
    
    Select "New Game" to start a new game and then select "No. 1 Nothing" to start
    the first empty slot available and advance to the Character Name Screen.
    
    Select a name, or to get the default name ("Ryu"), select "End" without
    entering any characters in the Name Field Box.  This will take you to the
    Options Screen.
    
    Select an appropriate Message Speed, Sound, and Music choice.  Select "End" to
    create a new file.
    
    Finally, back at the File Select Screen, select "Game Start" and select "No. 1
    Ryu 01" to begin the game.
    
                                           *
    
    o----------o
    | 1.  Gate |
    o----------o
    o-------------o
    | Party:  Ryu |
    | Level:  1   |
    | Items:  3   |
    o-------------o
    o---------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Items                                                                     |
    | -----                                                                     |
    | TreePole:  Search the dresser in Ryu's room at the start of the game.     |
    |                                                                           |
    | Herb:      Search the dresser on the 2nd floor of the center house in the |
    |            village.                                                       |
    |                                                                           |
    | Herb:      Search the medicine cabinet on the 1st floor of the northern   |
    |            house.                                                         |
    o---------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    
    The game begins in a black and white scheme with "Ganer"--Ryu's father--
    calling out Ryu's name and telling Ryu to come to him.  Do so, but first note 
    one of the reoccurring themes of Breath of Fire II:  searching the dressers 
    for items.  In Breath of Fire II, by searching dressers and medicine 
    cabinets, there are items for you to obtain.  So search the dresser in Ryu's 
    room for a TreePole and then go down the stairs to meet with Ganer.  He'll ask
    Ryu if he'll go find "Yua"--Ryu's little sister.  If you select "No" Ganer will
    punch Ryu's head, scold him further, and repeat his question.  In order to
    advance the game, you need to select "Yes."  After doing so, exit the church.
    
    Once you're outside the church, talk with one of the women standing in front
    of the house in the center of the village who asks, "Isn't Yua always playing
    at the back mountain?"
    
    Keep heading north until finding a small patch of grass blocking your way
    north.  Clear the grass by standing in front of it and by pressing the A
    BUTTON on the Controller.  Continue up to enter a new area called "BushLnd."
    
    Note:  If you are unable to clear the grass/bush in the north part of the
    village, it means you haven't spoken with the woman who asks if Yua is always
    playing at the back mountain.
    
                                           *
    
    o-------------o
    | 2.  BushLnd |
    o-------------o
    o--------------o
    | Party:  Ryu  |
    | Level:  1    |
    | Items:  None |
    o--------------o
    
    The path that appears before you splits into three paths:  west, center, and
    east.  The western and eastern paths eventually lead to dead-ends, so stay on
    the center path and enter the opening.
    
    Now everything should be in color.  Continue up a bit and you'll find Yua, but
    suddenly, a monster comes and fights you.
    
    #################
    # Boss Battle 1 #
    # Beak          #
    #################
    
    Keep attacking it until Ryu's health is low, then out of nowhere, Ganer comes
    and kills the Beak off by throwing down a thunder bolt.
    
    After the battle, Ganer will tell Yua and Ryu about their mother and the
    "Dragon" that came to protect them from the "Monster."  Ganer then asks Ryu
    that if he had more strength, things would have been different.  If you say
    "Right!" Yua will disagree with Ryu and convince Ganer otherwise.  If you say
    "Not true!" (the nicer answer to go with), Yua will reaffirm what Ryu said.
    
    Afterwards, Yua and Ganer will leave, and the game will ask you if you'd like
    to close your eyes.  If you select "Yes", the game will black out for a moment,
    show the Eye from the prologue, and will return back to Ryu with the music
    being silent.  If you select "No" nothing will change.  It doesn't matter what
    you say in the long run.  After you decide, exit BushLnd and head back to
    Gate...
    
                                           *
    
    o----------o
    | 3.  Gate |
    o----------o
    o--------------o
    | Party:  Ryu  |
    | Level:  1    |
    | Items:  None |
    o--------------o
    
    If you talk to the villagers, they will be asking Ryu who he is and where he
    came from.  It seems something strange has just happened that you don't know
    about (for now).
    
    After talking to everyone, enter the church and talk to "Father Hulk."  He'll 
    assume you're an orphan and give you a bed to sleep on.  While you sleep, a 
    little, puppy-like character will wake you up and ask you if you're going to 
    stay at the church.  If you say "Yes" Bow will get somewhat irritated and
    leave the room.  In order to advance the game you must go through the doorway.
    Doing this will have him come back up the stairs and realize you changed your
    mind.  If you say "No" Bow will be happy.  Whatever your decision, the end
    result is the same and Bow will join the party (though, he's technically not
    part of it if you observe the status screen).
    
    Exit the church and exit Gate.  Now you'll be outside on the map.  Head west 
    and the rain will begin to pour down.  Continue west and enter the small 
    cave.  There will be no enemy encounters.
    
                                           *
    
    o-----------------o
    | 4.  ShowCave 1F |
    o-----------------o
    o------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Bow |
    | Level:  1        |
    | Items:  None     |
    o------------------o
    
    Bow will light the candle he stole from the church earlier so you can see.  
    Follow the path and you'll discover a weird looking tail; follow it and 
    you'll discover it's a very big monster.  It'll whack Bow out of the way.
    Ryu will have to fight it on his own.
    
    #################
    # Boss Battle 2 #
    # Barubary      #
    #################
    
    You are supposed to die in this fight because, as size shows, there is no way a
    little kid could match up with a monster like the gigantic Barubary.  Try to
    attack him, but you will only inflict around a measly 2 points of damage.  On
    the other hand, he will inflict about 250 points of damage on you.
    
    Once you pass out, Barubary will talk to you about the "Destined Child" and
    "God" and then the game will finish the introduction.  This is the point in
    the game where Breath of Fire II really begins.
    
                            o-------------------------------o
                            |!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!|
                            |!!!.-----------------------.!!!|
                            |!!!|                       |!!!|
                            |!!!|       Scenario 2      |!!!|
                            |!!!| Rangers to the Rescue |!!!|
                            |!!!|                       |!!!|
                            |!!!.-----------------------.!!!|
                            |!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!|
                            o-------------------------------o
    
    o--------------o
    | 5.  HomeTown |
    o--------------o
    o------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Bow |
    | Level:  1        |
    | Items:  2        |
    o------------------o
    o--------------------------------------------------------------------------o 
    | Items                                                                    |
    | -----                                                                    |
    | LifePl:  Search the medicine cabinet in the ranger elder's room in the   |
    |          guild.                                                          |
    |                                                                          |
    | Antdt:   Search the northern room's dresser on the 2nd floor of the inn. |
    o--------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    
    Ten years have passed now.  You'll find out that Bow and Ryu are full-fledged 
    rangers, and the Elder of the town will offer them a job.  The job is to find 
    a pet pig called Suzy, but the only reason why Bow wants to do this job is 
    because he digs the owner of the pig, Mina.
    
    Exit the guild and you'll be able to explore HomeTown--sort of.  Some people
    who are standing in the way block off the northern part, but you'll be able to 
    get there later in the game.
    
    For now, exit HomeTown and walk around town building up levels and coins.  
    Try getting Ryu to at least LV 4 and then use your coins to buy some of the 
    equipment in town.
    
    You may notice some grass and fishing spots that appear on the field after 
    returning from a battle.  The grass spot is useful because if you enter it 
    (by pressing the A BUTTON on the Controller), you'll enter a little hunting 
    range where you can hunt down animals for roasts and meats.  You can then 
    sell the roasts for 200 coins a pop, which is much quicker to get than by 
    fighting the enemies around town.  Make sure you put Bow in the lead of your 
    marching order, and then press the Y BUTTON on the Controller to have him 
    activate his special power to hunt the animals.
    
    And here's another way to make money (this tip assumes you have obtained the
    Treepole from the dresser in Gate as a child Ryu):  Buy as many Worm items
    with the money you currently do have.  Then go outside town and keep fighting
    until you see a fishing spot pop up.  Using the TreePole and the Worms you
    bought, you can nab lots of fishes.  Since one Worm costs 4C and each fish
    sells for 30C, you will be making a 26C profit on each fish.
    
    Once you're fully prepared, enter the circus just south of HomeTown if you 
    like, or skip it and head south to reach "Mt.Fubi"
    
                                           *
    
    o------------o
    | 6.  Circus |
    o------------o
    o------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Bow |
    | Level:  4        |
    | Items:  None     |
    o------------------o
    
    There's really no objective here.  This circus tent is simply for fun and 
    enjoyment.  You can feed a turtle and make it go super fast.  Don't waste 
    your 30 coins if you're actually serious about the game, though.
    
                                           *
    
    o-------------o
    | 7.  Mt.Fubi |
    o-------------o
    o------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Bow |
    | Level:  5        |
    | Items:  2        |
    o------------------o
    o------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Items                                                                  |
    | -----                                                                  |
    | SaladBwl:  Inside the cave blocked by a rock, continue south to find a |
    |            treasure chest and open it.                                 |
    |                                                                        |
    | FireRock:  Inside the cave blocked by a rock, continue south to find a |
    |            treasure chest and open it.                                 |
    o------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    
    As you head north, you'll hear some hissing sounds; for now, just ignore them 
    and enter the little opening.  You'll now see a water fountain inside, which 
    you can drink from to cure yourself of all ailments and restore your HP.  Use 
    this to your advantage and build up levels; if you can get up to LV 6, you'll 
    have an easier time through.  Once you're done, continue north, and when you 
    exit the cave, you'll hear some more voices.
    
    Now you're getting close to where you want to be.  Continue just a little bit 
    and you'll finally discover the source of all that noise.  You'll now fight 
    your true first boss fight in the game:
    
    ###################
    # Boss Battle 3   #
    # Palo Peach Puti #
    ###################
    
    Have Ryu attack always.  Have Bow first cast Def-Up on Ryu, and then Cure 1
    whenever his health is in danger.  The monsters will then begin to attack each
    other, and that is when it will be easy for you to finish all three of them
    off.  Keep in mind that the middle one (Palo) has 80 HP and Peach and Puti have
    40 HP.  So a good strategy would be to finish off Peach and Puti first.  You
    can also have Ryu defend and Bow attack to win this battle since Ryu will be
    taking the hits, and having him defend will minimize their damage.
    
    Once you're through with that battle, it might be a good idea to go back to 
    the water fountain and drink from the clear water to get Bow's AP full so he 
    can cure Ryu if needed because you still have a little ways to go.
    
    Continue from where you beat Palo, Peach, and Puti, and then head west, then 
    north, to find a little cave opening blocked by a small boulder.  Move it 
    aside and it'll fall down, collapsing the other cave opening where the water 
    fountain was.  Enter the new opening.
    
    This part is straightforward; when you come to a fork in the road that means 
    that one of the paths will be a dead end, but there's a chest.  Once you're 
    at the southern end, you'll find a spacious gap in which you must fall into.  
    Now you'll find yourself in a small room, but with a man inside called Azusa.  
    He doesn't play a part in the game yet so don't worry about what he says for 
    now.  Continue, and then finally exit Mt.Fubi.
    
    When you get to the map, head a little ways to the west to come across some 
    ruins.
    
                                           *
    
    o-----------o
    | 8.  Ruins |
    o-----------o
    o------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Bow |
    | Level:  6        |
    | Items:  1        |
    o------------------o
    o------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Items                                                      |
    | -----                                                      |
    | Suzy*:  Niro will give her back to you after you save him. |
    o------------------------------------------------------------o
    
    Once you enter, you'll hear someone crying for help.  Go inside the broken up 
    building and you'll find a man surrounded by a herd of cockroaches.  You'll 
    have to battle them out, so be prepared for what could be a laughable fight.
    
    #################
    # Boss Battle 4 #
    # Pest (x6)     #
    #################
    
    Just have Ryu attack them, and he'll knock off pests in one blow.  Have Bow
    cast Cure 1 if needed.  The Pests have a small amount of HP, so no matter what
    level you are you should be able to knock them each out in one blow.
    
    Now you'll fight the real boss of it all--a huge roach:
    
    #################
    # Boss Battle 5 #
    # Roach         #
    #################
    
    This insect fight is almost as easy as the other; have Ryu always attack.  Bow
    should attack unless Ryu absolutely needs curing.  The Roach can regenerate
    itself when you're about to kill it (its HP = 0), so be careful.
    
    Now, Niro--the person you just saved--will thank you and ask you to eat with 
    him.  The problem, though, is that what he wants to eat is no less the object 
    of your journey:  Suzy.  Ryu and Bow will save Suzy from the burning fire and 
    Bow will put Suzy in his bag.  Bow will then ask Ryu to hurry up and get back 
    to HomeTown.  Now, you'll have to go back through Mt.Fubi in order to do
    that.
    
                                           *
    
    o-------------o
    | 9.  Mt.Fubi |
    o-------------o
    o------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Bow |
    | Level:  6        |
    | Items:  None     |
    o------------------o
    
    Remember that now there is a new little shortcut, so you don't have to go
    through any of the cave openings.
    
                                           *
    
    o---------------o
    | 10.  HomeTown |
    o---------------o
    o------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Bow |
    | Level:  6        |
    | Items:  None     |
    o------------------o
    
    Once you're in HomeTown, enter the guild and find the Elder.  Bow and Ryu 
    will hand Suzy over, and Mina will be happy--but not happy enough to give Bow 
    that kiss he wanted.  Anyhow, exit the guild and Bow will ask Ryu if he 
    wishes to rest.  Say yes and you'll sleep.  Saying no will not allow the game
    to progress further until you go in Ryu and Bow's room to sleep at the second
    floor of the house left of the inn.
    
    While Ryu is sleeping, Bow will open the door and a man named "Kilgore" will 
    enter.  Kilgore wants Bow to take back a treasure someone stole from him.  
    Bow agrees to the job, and decides not to wake Ryu.
    
    Ryu awakens, but it's still nighttime in HomeTown.  Exit the house, head a 
    little north, and a woman will bump into you.  Continue north (remember, this 
    is the part of town you couldn't go to before) and talk to Kilgore.  He will 
    explain that he didn't mean for Bow to get into trouble.  Anyhow, after all of 
    this, go back to your room and you'll find Bow.  For Bow to appear in your
    room, you must have talked to Kilgore.  Talk to Bow, and he'll ask you if you
    think he stole anything.  Just say no--Ryu's his friend after all--and he'll
    begin to explain everything.
    
    After explaining, a soldier will knock on the door, and Bow will hide in the 
    trashcan.  The soldier will come inside and tell you that you can't hide Bow 
    (even though you just did).  When the soldier leaves, Bow will, technically 
    at this point, no longer be in your party, but he'll still follow you as a 
    trashcan.
    
    Exit HomeTown and use the south exit.  When the gatekeeper asks you what you 
    are holding, it doesn't matter what you say even if you answer, "Bow," he'll 
    let you pass.  This is because the gatekeeper believes Bow is innocent.  Now, 
    before exiting HomeTown, make sure Ryu is equipped with the best possible 
    equipment from town because you'll now be fighting battles without Bow.  Head
    back to the Ruins as Bow told you to.
    
                                           *
    
    o------------o
    | 11.  Ruins |
    o------------o
    o--------------o
    | Party:  Ryu  |
    | Level:  6    |
    | Items:  None |
    o--------------o
    
    Niro will welcome you, and Bow will ask if he can stay and hide with Niro.  
    Niro only agrees if Bow will help him out with the repairs.  Bow will stay at 
    the Ruins and now your goal is to find out where this female thief went to 
    because the only way you'll ever be able to clear Bow's name is to find her.
    
    From the Ruins head northwest, past the bridges, to the next town called 
    "Coursair."
    
                                o----------------------o
                                |!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!|
                                |!!!.--------------.!!!|
                                |!!!|              |!!!|
                                |!!!|  Scenario 3  |!!!|
                                |!!!| The Coliseum |!!!|
                                |!!!|              |!!!|
                                |!!!.--------------.!!!|
                                |!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!|
                                o----------------------o
    
    o---------------o
    | 12.  Coursair |
    o---------------o
    o-------------o
    | Party:  Ryu |
    | Level:  7   |
    | Items:  4   |
    o-------------o
    o-----------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Items                                                           |
    | -----                                                           |
    | Smoke:    Search the dresser on the 2nd floor of the pub.       |
    |                                                                 |
    | Bum'sCL:  Search the dresser on the 2nd floor of the inn.       |
    |                                                                 |
    | Herb:     Search the other dresser on the 2nd floor of the inn. |
    |                                                                 |
    | Herb:     Search the dresser on the 2nd floor of the church.    |
    o-----------------------------------------------------------------o
    
    Talk with everybody and you'll understand that Coursair is the home of the 
    one and only coliseum.  Head inside the pub and talk to one of the bar 
    tenders.  If it's day time, say yes when he asks you if you want to kill some
    time until evening.
    
    Once it's nighttime, talk to the muscular person in red clothing and he'll 
    tell you that all the tickets are sold out at the coliseum.  He then gives 
    you a clue that someone called "Baba" is the opponent at the coliseum.  Now 
    you'll have to find this "Baba" person.  He lives in TagWoods, which is a 
    little north of town.
    
    Before even thinking about heading out there, make sure you equip Ryu with 
    the best possible equipment in town.  If you equipped yourself well in Home 
    Town, then the only thing you need to buy is a BronzeHT and RangerCL.  Also, 
    raise Ryu to at least LV 7.  The best place to gain EXP, for now, is at Tag 
    Woods.  Make sure you bring at least five Herbs as well.  It's considered
    good practice to always keep a stash curing items in your inventory at all
    times, so please get into this habit.
    
                                           *
    
    o---------------o
    | 13.  TagWoods |
    o---------------o
    o-------------o
    | Party:  Ryu |
    | Level:  8   |
    | Items:  7   |
    o-------------o
    o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Items                                                                      |
    | -----                                                                      |
    | Herb:      From the starting point, head west to find a treasure chest and |
    |            open it.                                                        |
    |                                                                            |
    | 100C:      From the starting point, head north, just a bit, to find a      |
    |            treasure chest and open it.                                     |
    |                                                                            |
    | Herb:      From the starting point, head north and then east to find a     |
    |            treasure chest and open it.                                     |
    |                                                                            |
    | Gold:      After the 1st tree-house ride, head south a bit to find a       |
    |            treasure chest and open it.                                     |
    |                                                                            |
    | Smoke:     After the 2nd tree-house ride, go west just a bit to find a     |
    |            treasure chest and open it.                                     |
    |                                                                            |
    | 100C:      After the 2nd tree-house ride, go all the way south for a       |
    |            treasure chest and open it.                                     |
    |                                                                            |
    | BabaAxe*:  After defeating Baba, he'll reward you with this.               |
    o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    
    This place is confusing at first, so start by familiarizing yourself with it.  
    Try gaining EXP and finding all the chests, but at the same time, try 
    remembering the fastest way to reach Baba, and then head back to town and 
    rest at the inn so you're fully prepared when you do face him.
    
    From the start of the woods, go up until some trees block you.  Then go left 
    to find a little tree house, in which you can get up to by climbing the 
    ladder.  Then enter the house and you'll be taken by a bucket and ride north 
    a bit.  Now, head right, enter the next bucket, and ride further east.  From 
    the 2nd tree house, follow the southwest trail to find Baba.  Before talking to
    him, make sure you have full HP.  Baba will be angry with you for wanting to
    enter the fight in his name, so he'll fight you.
    
    #################
    # Boss Battle 6 #
    # Baba          #
    #################
    
    Attack him until Ryu has about half his HP total left.  When Ryu's HP drops
    that low, use an Herb or cast Cure 1.  One positive thing about this battle is
    that Ryu will more than likely counter attack Baba whenever he attacks, so
    you'll eventually defeat him faster than you would anticipate.  But the
    negative aspect is that Baba can counter attack Ryu too, so be careful.
    
    After defeating Baba, he'll give you his ax and his permission to enter the 
    coliseum in his name.  Leave TagWoods and you should know by now where 
    your next stop is:  the Coliseum (located inside the town of Coursair).
    
    Before going to Coursair, you can try an optional detour, assuming you got
    the Gold item in one of the chests in TagWoods.  Look for a fishing spot
    south of Coursair with a Maniro that sells some advanced equipment that you
    can find in a kingdom that's a bit far off, called SimaFort.  The equipment
    is somewhat expensive though, so if you don't have a lot of coins you shouldn't
    bother doing this.
    
                                           *
    
    o---------------o
    | 14.  Coursair |
    o---------------o
    o----------------o
    | Party:  Ryu    |
    | Level:  9      |
    | Items:  None   |
    o----------------o
    
    Once you're in Coursair, if it's daytime, you will have to go to the pub and
    kill some time until it's night so you can talk to the muscular person in red
    clothing again.  He'll then realize that you're Baba (technically you're not,
    but just go along with what he's saying) and be disappointed that a scrawny
    looking kid like you could have such a reputation of being so powerful.
    
    For fun, the game has decided to automatically rename you Baba.  Go ahead and 
    check the status screen out!  Anyway, go to the coliseum, and this time, 
    there shouldn't be anyone blocking your way inside.  Make sure you bring a 
    good amount of Herbs with you.
    
                                           *
    
    o--------------o
    | 15. Coliseum |
    o--------------o
    o--------------------o
    | Party:  Baba (Ryu) |
    | Level:  9          |
    | Items:  1          |
    o--------------------o
    o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Note!                                                             |
    | -----                                                             |
    | The middle chest in the left room (Katt's room) cannot be opened. |
    o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
    o-----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Items                                                                       |
    | -----                                                                       |
    | 1000C:  In the left-side door, there is a treasure chest; open it.  But see |
    |         below for more information.                                         |
    o-----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    
    Go to the room to the right like the soldiers tell you to and talk to the 
    receptionist.  She'll tell you that you need to be "interviewed."  Enter the 
    door and talk to the muscular-half-naked-person; he'll fight you.  This 
    battle is so easy, that there is no need to explain how to defeat him.  
    Simply put auto mode on during combat, and you'll win easily.
    
    Exit this room, and the receptionist will tell you that you have passed.  
    Next, go into the room to the right to find the manager, Augus.  Augus will 
    want to stage this fight with you and this so-called female opponent.  She'll 
    decide to throw out some poisonous darts at her, and all you have to do is 
    not get hit by them.  Unfortunately, for Augus, you will not be following 
    those plans.
    
    Augus mentions some sort of reward in your locker room, in which lies a chest 
    with a whopping 1000 coins.  Go to your locker room and open the chest, but 
    don't talk to the soldier.  Next, go to the bank in Coursair and deposit all 
    of your coins; you'll find out why later.
    
    Go back to the Coliseum, now talk to the soldier, and then try opening the 
    door.  "Rand" (that muscular guy in red clothing) will come and talk with 
    you.  Ryu will explain everything to him and he'll ask you for all your 
    money.  Say yes, and he'll decide to buy two antidotes to save both you and 
    your female opponent from the poisonous darts.  This is why you should have 
    put your money in the bank; even if you have no coins left, Rand will still 
    be able to "buy" the antidotes.
    
    Side note:  In case you were curious, there is another strategy that will
    allow you to keep the 1000 coins:
    
    1) Don't open the chest.
    2) Talk to the soldier.
    3) Give Rand all your money, and once he's gone, you can open the treasure
       chest.
    
    Rand will go talk to the female opponent, but she'll refuse to believe him.  
    Anyway, now you find out that the only way you'll protect her is by knocking 
    her out for her own good.  Enter the next two doorways and be prepared to 
    fight "Katt."
    
    #################
    # Boss Battle 7 #
    # Katt          #
    #################
    
    This is the toughest battle you've faced so far.  Have Ryu use Herbs and cast
    Cure 1 whenever his HP drops under 20.  Katt has a lot of HP, so be prepared to
    spend a couple of minutes battling it out.
    
    Now, during the dialogue, hold up on the CONTROL PAD so that you move Katt
    away from the darts and into the doorway north of you.  This is very
    important because you must save Katt if you want her to join your party now.
    However, Katt still joins you later on in the game even if you don't save 
    her right now; the only difference is if you didn't save her from the darts
    you will have to fight the next boss without her, after which she will join
    you.
    
    Once it's all said and done, Katt will apologize to Ryu, and join him.  Now 
    that Katt is in your party, you might as well buy her some equipment from the 
    armory because her wear is very weak when she joins you.
    
    Now that you're prepared, go back to the Coliseum once again.  This time, go 
    to the manager's room and you'll find Rand with Augus.  Augus will turn into 
    a demon and challenge all three of you.
    
    #################
    # Boss Battle 8 #
    # Augus         #
    #################
    
    Not only do you have Katt in your party, but you now have Rand too.  Have Ryu
    and Katt always attack, and have Rand cast Cure 1 whenever someone needs  it.
    Since Katt is awfully quick though, you may want to haver her use Herbs when
    you need HP in a snap.  And be careful!  If Augus saves her strength and
    attacks, she'll deal quite a lot of damage.  Try taking her out as quickly as
    possible to prevent her from doing any serious damage.
    
    Once the battle is finished, go to the inn and regain your strength.  Your next
    stop is the Ruins.
    
                                           *
    
    o------------o
    | 16.  Ruins |
    o------------o
    o-------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Rand, Katt |
    | Level:  9               |
    | Items:  None            |
    o-------------------------o
    
    Once you arrive, Bow will greet Ryu and everyone.  Finally, Rand and Katt 
    will realize that your real name is Ryu, and not Baba.  Bow will ask you if 
    Rand can stay and help him since he doesn't think Katt would do a good job 
    with the repairs--so that leaves you only with Katt.  Talk to Rand and he'll 
    talk about a "Magic School."  The Magic School is located in one of the 
    buildings in HomeTown, so that's your next destination.
    
                                o----------------------o
                                |!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!|
                                |!!!.--------------.!!!|
                                |!!!|              |!!!|
                                |!!!|  Scenario 4  |!!!|
                                |!!!| Finding Nina |!!!|
                                |!!!|              |!!!|
                                |!!!.--------------.!!!|
                                |!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!|
                                o----------------------o
    
    o---------------o
    | 17.  HomeTown |
    o---------------o
    o-------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Katt |
    | Level:  9         |
    | Items:  1         |
    o-------------------o
    o---------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Items                                                                     |
    | -----                                                                     |
    | Herb:  Now you can enter the church; search the dresser on the 2nd floor. |
    o---------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    
    As you head north, you'll hear an explosion and witness some magic power by a 
    woman with wings.  It appears that three men wanted to take her away to their 
    boss but she scared them off.  Katt will ask you if she can learn some magic; 
    if you say no, she'll continue to ask you again, so just say yes and then go
    inside the school.
    
                                           *
    
    o-------------------o
    | 18.  Magic School |
    o-------------------o
    o-------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Katt |
    | Level:  9         |
    | Items:  None      |
    o-------------------o
    
    Talk with everyone and you'll learn about someone named "Nina" and the "Joker 
    Party."
    
    Go up to the 2nd floor and enter the room to the right.  You'll eavesdrop 
    into what Nina--the girl with the flying wings you saw earlier--and a person 
    named "Yoji" are talking about.  Then, suddenly, a "Hood" will come and 
    blackmail Nina into coming with them because they now have taken Nina's 
    little sister, Mina hostage.  The name Mina should sound familiar; she's the 
    owner of the pet pig you had to find.  Katt will ask Ryu to rescue the two 
    sisters.
    
    Next stop:  Mt.Rocko.  Mt.Rocko can be found south, and then west, of 
    Coursair.  It's a cave surrounded by mountains.  Make sure you have a good 
    supply of Herbs and Antdts beforehand.
    
                                           *
    
    o---------------o
    | 19.  Mt.Rocko |
    o---------------o
    o-------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Katt |
    | Level:  9         |
    | Items:  4         |
    o-------------------o
    o-----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Items                                                                       |
    | -----                                                                       |
    | LuckCndy:  After going down the stairs, head south a bit to find a treasure |
    |            chest and open it.                                               |
    |                                                                             |
    | SilverDR:  After going down the stairs, head all the way east for a         |
    |            treasure chest and open it.                                      |
    |                                                                             |
    | 100C:      After going down the stairs, enter the opening for a treasure    |
    |            and open it.                                                     |
    |                                                                             |
    | 1000C:     On your way out, go back to the 1st room and head south for a    |
    |            treasure chest and open it.                                      |
    o-----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    
    Once inside, talk to the Hood, and you'll have to fight him.  It should be an 
    easy battle.  I suggest you go into the northern middle room of the 1st floor, 
    and fight the monsters in there until Katt is at least at LV 8.  Most of this 
    floor doesn't seem to have monsters occupying it.  The Hoods here will give 
    you clues about their boss's family.  There is no need for you to write down 
    what they say, so just continue.
    
    Go into the northeastern opening and talk to the Hood in front of the gate.  
    He'll ask you what the boss's nephew's name is.  The game will now give you 
    six choices, but only one is right.  The correct choice is "Pain."  If you 
    give him the right name, you won't have to battle with him, but if you give 
    him the wrong name, you'll fight him, and then you'll have to push the switch 
    yourself to open the gate.  That's the only difference, so it doesn't 
    essentially matter in the end what you say.
    
    After answering, the gate should be opened and you should be able to 
    continue.  The next guard will ask you if the switch for the next gate is in 
    the hole.  You'll have to check and see, but before you do, make sure your HP 
    is full.  You'll find out that it was a trap, and you'll fight both, the 
    Hood, and a P.Spider.  Ryu or Katt will also take about 10 points of damage 
    and become poisoned depending on who is in the lead of the marching order.
    
    #################
    # Boss Battle 9 #
    # P.Spider Hood #
    #################
    
    Defeat the Hood first since he has the lowest amount of HP and might become an
    annoyance if you allow him to stay alive.  The P.Spider is easy to defeat if
    you have Ryu always attack it.  Have Katt use Herbs and Antdts on herself and
    Ryu to ensure that everyone is stable during the fight.
    
    It might be a good idea to go back to an inn and regain your strength after 
    this fight, and then come back.  Anyhow, continue by going down the stairs.  
    The rest of this area is straightforward.
    
    Once you get to the Hood standing by, talk to him, and you'll have to defeat 
    him.  Now you'll find out that Joker wants to make Nina his slave.  Go ahead, 
    and Katt will tell you she'll take care of this.  Now you'll have to fight 
    four Hoods, though they should be easy to take care of.  After the fight, 
    Joker will turn into a demon and you'll have to fight him, but this time you 
    have Nina on your side.
    
    ##################
    # Boss Battle 10 #
    # Joker          #
    ##################
    
    Have Ryu and Katt attack him, while Nina casts Cold.  The other three magic
    spells she has won't do as much damage on Joker.  If anyone's HP is low, have
    Katt use Herbs since she's the fastest person.  This battle is unbelievably
    easy so long as you conform to a balanced strategy.
    
    Once you defeat Joker, Nina will thank you and join your party.  Now you'll 
    have to exit Mt.Rocko and head to "Windia."  Windia is located west of Tag 
    Woods, but you'll have to go through the "Dead Maze" first.  On your way 
    there, it would be a good idea to go to Coursair and equip Nina with better 
    equipment.
    
                                           *
    
    o----------------o
    | 20.  Dead Maze |
    o----------------o
    o-------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Katt, Nina |
    | Level:  10              |
    | Items:  None            |
    o-------------------------o
    o------------------------------------o
    | Note!                              |
    | -----                              |
    | There are no enemies in this area. |
    o------------------------------------o
    
    Talk to the soldier behind the gate and he will let you pass.  Now you'll be 
    in some sort of maze that's somewhat complicated.  Just keep heading west, 
    and then south, to find a set of stairs going up.
    
                                           *
    
    o-------------o
    | 21.  Windia |
    o-------------o
    o---------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Katt, Nina   |
    | Level:  10                |
    | Items:  2                 |
    o---------------------------o
    o----------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Items                                                          |
    | -----                                                          |
    | TreeST:  Search the dresser on the 2nd floor of the inn.       |
    |                                                                |
    | 100C:    Search the other dresser on the 2nd floor of the inn. |
    o----------------------------------------------------------------o
    
    Once you're out of the maze, you'll be inside a castle.  The queen appears to 
    ignore Nina as her daughter, and orders all of you, except Mina, to leave.  
    She does seem to recognize Mina as her daughter, though, thus Mina decides to 
    stay at the castle.
    
    You'll now be in the village of Windia.  Katt will be surprised about what 
    just happened, and tells Nina she likes her wings, even if they are black.
    
    Continue south, and a monkey will start a magic show.  He'll pressure Ryu 
    into doing a disappearing act trick.  Ryu follows the act, disappears, and 
    Nina and Katt pester the monkey to make Ryu come back.  The monkey then 
    flirts with Katt and Nina, and asks both of them out for a date.  Finally, 
    Ryu comes out of the ground.  "Sten," the monkey, will be surprised you 
    forgave him for his little nuisance, and he'll happily ask you if he can join 
    your party.  You now have four members in your party for the first time in 
    the game.
    
    Some of the people in town know of the thief that you're looking for and 
    tell you that she went somewhere west.  Your next goal is to go to a town 
    called "Capitan," which is located west of Windia.  Before you get there, 
    though, you'll notice the monsters are quite strong around Windia.  It would 
    be a good idea to build everyone to a base of LV 10 before attempting to go 
    to Capitan.  You should also gain a lot of coins to buy all that expensive 
    equipment at the Windia armory as well.  It's a good idea if you make sure 
    everyone has the best possible equipment before the trip, and have a good 
    supply of Herbs and, especially, Antdts, since the "Deathpedes" can poison 
    all four of your characters in one round of battle.
    
    Along the way to Capitan, feel free to go ahead and enter the circus near 
    Windia.
    
                            o-------------------------------o
                            |!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!|
                            |!!!.-----------------------.!!!|
                            |!!!|                       |!!!|
                            |!!!|       Scenario 5      |!!!|
                            |!!!| The Birth of TownShip |!!!|
                            |!!!|                       |!!!|
                            |!!!.-----------------------.!!!|
                            |!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!|
                            o-------------------------------o
    
    o-------------o
    | 22.  Circus |
    o-------------o
    o-------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Katt, Nina, Sten |
    | Level:  11                    |
    | Items:  None                  |
    o-------------------------------o
    
    There is nothing here except some useless information.  It looks just like 
    the Circus near HomeTown.
    
    Continuing on the way to Capitan, you'll notice a lodge all by itself (it's 
    just a little west of Windia).  Enter it.
    
                                           *
    
    o-----------------o
    | 23.  Hunt Lodge |
    o-----------------o
    o-------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Katt, Nina, Sten |
    | Level:  11                    |
    | Items:  1                     |
    o-------------------------------o
    o-------------------------------------------------------o
    | Note!                                                 |
    | -----                                                 |
    | You can only enter the Hunt Lodge during the daytime. |
    o-------------------------------------------------------o
    o-----------------------------------------------o
    | Items                                         |
    | -----                                         |
    | HelpBL:  Search the dresser inside the lodge. |
    o-----------------------------------------------o
    
    Talk with all the boys, and they'll tell you about "Uparupas" and monster
    hunters.  At this point in the game, there isn't much to do here except search
    the dresser to find a HelpBL.  Don't bother going north of the lodge, which
    will lead you to Owl Woods, because you can't do anything there (yet).  For
    now, continue to head west to find the town of Capitan.
    
                                           *
    
    o--------------o
    | 24.  Capitan |
    o--------------o
    o-------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Katt, Nina, Sten |
    | Level:  12                    |
    | Items:  4                     |
    o-------------------------------o
    o-----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Items                                                                       |
    | -----                                                                       |
    | SuedeAR:  Search the dresser on the 2nd floor of the inn.                   |
    |                                                                             |
    | Tolen:    Search the other dresser on the 2nd floor of the inn.             |
    |                                                                             |
    | WFruit:   Search the medicine cabinet inside the house next to the inn.     |
    |                                                                             |
    | GutsBL:   Search the medicine cabinet inside the easternmost house of town. |
    o-----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    
    Once you reach Capitan, don't go inside the well just yet.  First, rest up at 
    the inn, save your game at the dragon shrine, and then talk with everyone.  
    You'll learn that some villagers are stuck inside the well.  Make sure you 
    have a steady supply of Herbs, or even HelpBLs, and enter the well when 
    you're all ready.
    
                                           *
    
    o---------------o
    | 25.  Dry Well |
    o---------------o
    o-------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Katt, Nina, Sten |
    | Level:  12                    |
    | Items:  2                     |
    o-------------------------------o
    o----------------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Items                                                                |
    | -----                                                                |
    | Van.Ext:  In the turtle room, ride the 3rd turtle to find a treasure |
    |           chest and open it.                                         |
    |                                                                      |
    | Charm:    In the turtle room, ride the 4th turtle to find a treasure |
    |           chest and open it.                                         |
    o----------------------------------------------------------------------o
    
    You'll drop inside the well, and you'll find a person named "Ray," who will 
    tell you about the whole dilemma.  Then, suddenly, a monster comes out of 
    nowhere and you'll have to fight it off.  "Creon" should be pathetically easy 
    for your party to handle.
    
    After the battle, Ray will ask you if you'll help save the children inside 
    the well.  Saying no will only affect your dragon meter, so just say yes to 
    make the game progress.
    
    In the next room, Ray will be busy fighting a monster so you'll have to save 
    the villagers on your own.  Head north into the next room, and you'll be in a 
    room with turtles swimming in a pond.  The point of this is to ride the 
    turtles to the pieces of land (you can get the treasure chests this way).  Make
    sure you get the Van.Ext, because it can restore a whopping 120 HP for all of
    your party members in one dose!
    
    The man standing nearby will tell you that his son needs your help in order 
    to save him.  Before getting to the boy, make sure your characters' HP is 
    full because you're about to fight a boss now.  Once you're ready, ride the 
    turtle to the boy and then talk to him.  Suddenly, a large creature appears.
    
    ##################
    # Boss Battle 11 #
    # Terapin        #
    ##################
    
    Terapin can do an attack called FireBrth that can knock off anywhere from 30 to
    50 points of damage to everyone.  It can also do an attack called Brain Way,
    which can control one of your party members to attack another, but the effects
    only last for one round.  Have Ryu attack always, Katt should attack, but use
    Herbs constantly whenever anyone needs it.  Have Sten cast Bomb or use Herbs,
    and Nina should cast Tornado or use Herbs.  Remember to use the Van.Ext you
    picked up whenever your party's HP is low.  This fight proves to be rather
    difficult even if you're at LV 12.  If all else fails, try putting everyone in
    the defense position and set everyone to "Auto."  In time, the Terapin should
    go down using this strategy, though you may have a few of your characters die.
    
    Once you defeat Terapin, everything will start shaking.  Ride the turtles 
    back into the previous room, and Ray will tell you it feels like the 
    vibration is making the damn overflow.  Then all of a sudden, a wave of water 
    will come splashing towards you.  Ray will put up a shield to block it for 
    the time being.  He'll ask you to save the villagers now.  Do not say yes to 
    him until you've saved everyone.
    
    Head south and talk to every villager you come across.  More often than not, 
    you'll have to fight one in battle.  While in combat, look carefully because 
    there are actually two things you can attack.  One is the villager, and the 
    other is a demon called "Chiroru."  Attack the Chiroru (the object that's 
    covering the face of the villager), but don't attack the villager or you 
    won't save him.  Once you defeat the Chiroru, you will have saved the 
    villager.
    
    In all, you must rescue six villagers in the entire well:  a Chiroru 
    possesses four villagers, and two villagers are standing by themselves 
    normally.  Simply talk to those two villagers to "save" them.
    
    Once you've saved all six villagers, head back to Ray and tell him yes.  The 
    wave will come splashing down, and you'll surface up.  Ray will thank you and 
    want to give you a blessing from St. Eva: a spell.
    
    If you did in fact save all six villagers, he will give you a very useful 
    spell called "Renew," which has a 70% chance of bringing someone back to life 
    after they become unconscious.  If you saved less than six, you will be
    rewarded with the Cure2 spell, which is arguably a more useful spell.  To get
    your reward, you have to go all the way back to the Ruins.  Exit Capitan and
    begin trekking all the way back.
    
    You can't use Windia to get to the other side of the continent, so you'll 
    have to find another way.  First, make sure Sten is in the lead of your 
    marching order while on the map.  Have him grab onto the nearby stake by 
    standing as close as you can to it, and by pressing the Y BUTTON on the 
    Controller to activate his special power.  Once you get to the other side, 
    you should remember where to go in order to get to the Ruins.  It will take a 
    while but you'll end up there eventually.
    
                                           *
    
    o---------------o
    | 26.  TownShip |
    o---------------o
    o-------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Katt, Nina, Sten |
    | Level:  12                    |
    | Items:  None                  |
    o-------------------------------o
    o-----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Note!                                                                       |
    | -----                                                                       |
    | Any time you want a free rest, go to TownShip and enter the house Niro is   |
    | inside.  From the moment you step inside the house, Ryu's HP and AP will be |
    | fully restored, and once Ryu exits the house, the rest of your current      |
    | party will have full HP and AP.                                             |
    o-----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    
    Once you get to the Ruins, you should notice that it's not called "Ruins" 
    anymore, but instead, "TownShip" (check the status screen).  Bow has built 
    another house and it seems the old building has been repaired completely.  
    Enter the building, and Ray will offer to give you the Renew magic, but 
    first, head into the next room and talk with everyone.
    
    Now it's time for you to make a decision, whom will you give this spell to?  
    There's good reason to, at the very least, eliminate two candidates:  Bow and 
    Rand.  Both will learn Renew on their own as they grow in levels.  So now, 
    you have a choice of Ryu, Katt, Nina, and Sten.  Katt and Sten are obviously 
    not good choices because they have a low maximum AP count.  It now comes down 
    to either Ryu or Nina.  Nina has more AP, but Ryu will always stay in your 
    party no matter what.  Ryu isn't necessarily a spell caster, while Nina is 
    more of one.  Whatever you choose, both are good choices, but Nina might be 
    the best choice since she her magic repertoire seems to be more offensive
    based.
    
    Now that you've given the spell to whomever you chose, talk to Niro and 
    change up your members.  It would be good of you to have a party of Ryu, 
    Rand, Katt, and Sten.  While your Rand may only be at LV 7 or so, you want to 
    power him up now that he can join your party, so later you won't be 
    regretting the opportunity when you need him.  As for Sten, you must have 
    Sten in your party if you ever plan on getting to the next continent.
    
    By the way, from now on, whenever you talk to a dragon shrine you will have 
    the ability to change characters, so you won't have to head back to Town 
    Ship/Ruins and talk to Niro.
    
    Your next stop is back to the town of Capitan.
    
                                           *
    
    o--------------o
    | 27.  Capitan |
    o--------------o
    o-------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Rand, Katt, Sten |
    | Level:  12                    |
    | Items:  None                  |
    o-------------------------------o
    
    Once you return to Capitan, you'll notice a person that stands out quite a bit
    and is standing between the inn and house next to it.  Talk to the person while
    Ryu is in the lead of your marching order, and she'll ask to "borrow" him for a
    minute.  You'll now end up in a weird looking hut.
    
                                           *
    
    o----------------o
    | 28.  Jah Woods |
    o----------------o
    o-------------o
    | Party:  Ryu |
    | Level:  12  |
    | Items:  1   |
    o-------------o
    o---------------------------------------------o
    | Items                                       |
    | -----                                       |
    | LifePl:  Search the dresser inside the hut. |
    o---------------------------------------------o
    
    Ryu is without the rest of your party now, with what appears to be an old 
    looking woman and the same person that brought you here.  "Sana" explains why 
    she brought you here and tells you she wanted to experiment the act of 
    "uniting."  Anyway, Sana's grandmother, "Granny," eventually fills you in of 
    what's going on, and asks you to join with Sana by going to the center 
    circle.  Do so.
    
    The uniting power is so strong that Sana and Granny realize Ryu isn't any 
    ordinary man.  He has the power of the dragons and the uniting fails.  Not 
    only that, the extent of the damage done from the uniting is so significant, 
    that all of Jah Woods burns to a crisp.  They then ask you to find them a new 
    house, in return for them 'helping' you discover your newfound powers.
    
    You're now back on the field.  While you may think you have to go all the way 
    back to TownShip, you don't.  Go back to Capitan (just a little south of 
    where you are right now), and talk to the man standing where Sana used to be 
    (near the inn).  The game will whisk Ryu, Sana, and Granny back to TownShip.
    
                                           *
    
    o---------------o
    | 29.  TownShip |
    o---------------o
    o----------------o
    | Party:  Ryu    |
    | Level:  12     |
    | Items:  None   |
    o----------------o
    
    Sana and Granny then immediately fall in love with the house Bow has 
    finished, and a funny scene takes place.  Afterwards, you find yourself in 
    Bow's room.  Head back to Niro to setup your party, and put in Rand, Katt, 
    and Sten like last time.  Now talk to Granny and Sana, and they'll tell you 
    to go find a "carpenter" in Capitan.  Go all the way back to Capitan.
    
                                           *
    
    o--------------o
    | 30.  Capitan |
    o--------------o
    o-------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Rand, Katt, Sten |
    | Level:  12                    |
    | Items:  None                  |
    o-------------------------------o
    
    Once you reach Capitan, there will be a decision you will have to make.  
    First, note that there are three different types of houses in Capitan.
    Inside each type of house is a carpenter you can talk to help build your town 
    of TownShip.  However, you can only pick one carpenter and each carpenter 
    brings different things to the town.  Here is a table detailing the three
    types of carpenters, where they're located in town, and what you get from
    each carpenter if you pick him.
    
    Type           Location In Town      What You Get
    ====           =================     ============
    Regular        Easternmost house     Ability to cook items
    Tree           Middle houses         An Othello-like game for average items
    Futuristic     Westernmost house     A Pub-like house with customers telling
                                         you miscellaneous stats about your game
    
    Apparently the game will not have all three carpenters available to you if you
    didn't save all six villagers.  The only carpenter who will always be available
    no matter how many villagers you saved is the "Regular" carpenter.
    
    The best carpenter is in the regular looking house.  He's the best because he
    is the only one that can "cook" items for you.  He can help you get your
    characters to have maximum stats if you can bring him the right ingredients.
    If stat boosting matters little to you, feel free to choose either of the
    other two carpenters, but once you make your decision you will not be able
    to go back and change, so don't make your decision hastily.
    
    Once you've decided which carpenter you want, head north of town to enter a 
    harbor.  You'll be able to pass because there is a boat is ready for you to 
    use.  You'll also learn more about the thief you're after; she's been spotted 
    at a place called "SimaFort"
    
                    o------------------------------------------------o
                    |!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!|
                    |!!!.----------------------------------------.!!!|
                    |!!!|                                        |!!!|
                    |!!!|               Scenario 6               |!!!|
                    |!!!| The Frog, the Witch, and the Wardrobe? |!!!|
                    |!!!|                                        |!!!|
                    |!!!.----------------------------------------.!!!|
                    |!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!|
                    o------------------------------------------------o
    
    o-------------o
    | 31.  Harbor |
    o-------------o
    o-------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Rand, Katt, Sten |
    | Level:  12                    |
    | Items:  None                  |
    o-------------------------------o
    
    There's nothing special here.  Keep walking, and you'll automatically ride a 
    boat to the other side of the continent.  You can save/change characters at 
    the dragon shrine, too.
    
    You'll now be at the map.  Enter the forest opening near the sign.
    
                                           *
    
    o------------o
    | 32.  Woods |
    o------------o
    o-------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Rand, Katt, Sten |
    | Level:  12                    |
    | Items:  None                  |
    o-------------------------------o
    
    Follow the path and you'll reach some frogs.  Then, suddenly, someone starts 
    talking to you.  A gigantic frog comes out of the swamp.  He tells you his 
    name is "Jean" and that a witch put a spell on him to turn him into his 
    current form.  Jean asks you to go to the witch's tower and reverse the spell 
    for him.
    
    Before you do, you'll want to raise your characters a few levels, and make 
    sure that everyone is wearing the best possible equipment from Windia.  At 
    this point in the game, the best place to gain levels is a little south of 
    the woods, and then west across a bridge (south of the big pond) near a hut
    that's all alone.
    
                                           *
    
    o------------o
    | 33.  (Hut) |
    o------------o
    o-------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Rand, Katt, Sten |
    | Level:  12                    |
    | Items:  None                  |
    o-------------------------------o
    
    Inside this hut, a man will ask you if you wish to sleep out in the open, which
    actually counts as a free rest for all your characters.
    
    Keep building levels and resting until you're at LV 14.  If you find an S.Idol,
    defeat it and you may end up with an StoneAR.  This is a great piece of armor
    for Rand!  Also, another enemy around this area drops the JahAR, another piece
    of great equipment.
    
    Once you're done leveling, from the hut, head north until finding a tower all
    by itself.  Enter the tower when you're ready.  Make sure you have a good
    supply of curing items as well.
    
    If you're having trouble finding the tower here are some directions from the
    hut:  go north across the small bridge, then keep going northeast up three
    levels of land.  You'll find the tower just a few steps east after you get
    to the third level of land.
    
                                           *
    
    o------------------o
    | 34.  Witch Tower |
    o------------------o
    o-------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Rand, Katt, Sten |
    | Level:  14                    |
    | Items:  16                    |
    o-------------------------------o
    o----------------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Note!                                                                |
    | -----                                                                |
    | A:  In the 1st room with the 3 statues, the treasure chest is empty. |
    |                                                                      |
    | B:  Be sure to look out for enemies who drop the MysteryHT and the   |
    |     ShinyBR if you're in the mood for enemy-drop hunting!            |
    o----------------------------------------------------------------------o
    o---------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Items                                                                     |
    | -----                                                                     |
    | CureAl:    From the 1st room, head left and go up the stairs for a        |
    |            treasure chest and open it.                                    |
    |                                                                           |
    | 1C:        Open a treasure chest underneath the Room of 5 platforms.      |
    |                                                                           |
    | 100C:      Open a treasure chest underneath the Room of 5 platforms.      |
    |                                                                           |
    | 100C:      Open a treasure chest underneath the Room of 5 platforms.      |
    |                                                                           |
    | 100C:      Open a treasure chest underneath the Room of 5 platforms.      |
    |                                                                           |
    | 1C:        Open a treasure chest underneath the Room of 5 platforms.      |
    |                                                                           |
    | 100C:      Open a treasure chest underneath the Room of 5 platforms.      |
    |                                                                           |
    | 1000C:     Open a treasure chest underneath the Room of 5 platforms.      |
    |                                                                           |
    | 100C:      Open a treasure chest underneath the Room of 5 platforms.      |
    |                                                                           |
    | 1C:        Open a treasure chest underneath the Room of 5 platforms.      |
    |                                                                           |
    | Herb:      Once you reach the 4th floor, head south until seeing a        |
    |            treasure chest and open it.                                    |
    |                                                                           |
    | SilkGL:    In the step-on-tiles room, step on the 3rd tile south of the   |
    |            hole to unlock one of the chambers and open the treasure       |
    |            chest.                                                         |
    |                                                                           |
    | WizardRG:  In the step-on-tiles room, step on the tile right of stairs to |
    |            unlock one of the chambers and open the treasure chest.        |
    |                                                                           |
    | WiseRB:    In the step-on-tiles room, step on the tile right of stairs to |
    |            unlock one of the chambers and open the treasure chest.        |
    |                                                                           |
    | WiseHoop:  On the 5th floor, step on the left platform and open the       |
    |            treasure chest.                                                |
    |                                                                           |
    | WiseBL:    On the 5th floor, step on the right platform and open the      |
    |            treasure chest                                                 |
    |            chest.                                                         |
    o---------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    
    Once you enter, you'll notice a tile.  Make sure Ryu is in the lead of the 
    marching order and step on it; you'll now have to fight a battle.  Keep 
    stepping on it until the voice opens the way for you.  The number of battles 
    seems to be random.  I've had the witch open the passageway after only two 
    battles, while sometimes it would take four battles.  It seems the witch only 
    wants Ryu to step on the tile.
    
    Once you can continue, don't open the treasure chest you see out in front.
    It's empty, and it will block off the entrance for good, so you won't be able
    to exit the tower until later on.
    
    Head left from the main room for a treasure chest, but if you don't care about
    getting it, head right into the next room.  Keep following this path until you
    reach a room with five platforms and a huge gap.  Each platform will take you
    to a different part of the room.  Here's how it will look like:
    
    o---------------------------------o
    |     Room of 5 Platforms Map     |
    |     -----------------------     |
    |                     4           |
    |                     |           |
    |     5 __  2       3 |   __ 1    |
    |         \_|       | |__/        |
    |           |\__    |_|           |
    |           |   \__/| |           |
    |           | __/ \_| |           |
    |           |/   ___|\|_          |
    |        _ /|_  |_   _| \_        |
    |       |_| |_| |_| |_| |_|       |
    |        1   2   3   4   5        |
    |                                 |
    | 1   = Right Exit To Continue    |
    | 2&3 = Fall Into Treasure Room   |
    | 4   = Stairs To Treasure Room   |
    | 5   = Left Exit To Water Shaman |
    o---------------------------------o
    
    Take Platforms 2,3, or 4 to fall down into the treasure room, and nab all those
    treasure chests.  Note:  If you took Platforms 2 and 3 you will need to start
    all over from the 1st floor to get back to the Room of 5 Platforms, but if you
    took Platform 4, you can get back just by going back up the stairs again as
    Platform 4--which you just took--will be available to you so you can go back.
    
    After getting the treasures, head back up, and this time, head to the right
    exit by taking Platform 1.  There's nothing for you at the moment if you head
    into the left exit because the "Water Shaman" can't help you now since she's
    turned to stone.  (After you finish with your objective in the tower,
    you'll be able to get her help.)
    
    Once you're through with that room, continue until reaching the Step-On-Tiles 
    Room.  This room is the most confusing of all in the tower.  There are 15 tiles
    and 4 gates.
    
    o------------------------------------------o
    |          Step-On-Tiles Room Map          |
    |          ----------------------          |
    |                       [12]               |
    |              [13]                [11]    |
    | EXIT                                     |
    |              [14]                [10]    |
    |                                          |
    | |||||4       [15]     |||||3             |
    |                                          |
    |                                [8]   [9] |
    |                                   [7]    |
    |                                          |
    |                          [6]             |
    |                                          |
    |              |||||2         |||||1       |
    |                             [5]          |
    |                                          |
    |                             [4]          |
    |                                          |
    |                                          |
    |                     [1]  [2][3]          |
    |                                          |
    |                 START                    |
    |                                          |
    | [X]     = Tile X, where X is a number    |
    | |||||X  = Gate X, where X is a number    |
    |                                          |
    o------------------------------------------o
    
    Procedure
    =========
    1.  Step on Tile 3 to open Gate 1
    2.  Step on Tile 7 to open Gate 2
    3.  Step on Tiles 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, and 15 to open Gate 3
    4.  Step on Tile 6 to open Gate 4
    
    Your main goal is to open Gate 4.  However, I listed instructions (above) on 
    how to have all four gates open, so you can get all the treasure chests.
    
    Once you're done with the above, you'll now be on the 5th floor.  You can 
    exit the tower immediately, if you like, by falling out of the opening on the 
    right side.  I suggest you do so if you are low on HP/AP and Herbs.  If you 
    feel you're up to it, continue.
    
    On the final floor, step on the tile.  Now before continuing even further, 
    make sure your HP is full.  You'll meet "Nimufu," the witch you've been 
    after, who will want to "play" with you.  You decide to leave, but she starts 
    to get angry because nobody seems to like her, and then decides to fight you 
    in retaliation.
    
    ##################
    # Boss Battle 12 #
    # Nimufu         #
    ##################
    
    Have Ryu open up by casting Fire/Ice/Thunder Puppy (all three do the same
    amount of damage) and have Katt attack.  Sten should cast Bomb and Rand should
    attack.  Nimufu may counterattack with a spell called Thunder, which can knock
    off a good 30 points of damage to each member.  Be careful; she can also cast
    Cure 1 and some other spells.  Have Katt and Sten use Herbs when needed.  In
    this case, Rand should cast Cure 1 if you absolutely need it, but he's slow so
    it may not be a good idea to rely on him alone.
    
    Once you defeat Nimufu, she'll start crying and say that the only one that 
    likes her is some "frog."  Then, she'll open up and tell you that a young 
    girl needs to kiss the frog if you want to change him back to normal.
    
    Now, before leaving the tower, head all the way back to the room where there 
    were five platforms you could step on, and enter the left passageway this 
    time; look at the map above if you need help.  Continue, and you'll find a 
    woman--if you tried going here before, she was actually a statue--who'll tell 
    you she's a Water Shaman named "Seso."  Seso will tell you she will head to 
    TownShip and wait for you.
    
    Leave the tower, but before doing so, make sure you get all those coins in
    those treasure chests at the bottom of the tower if you haven't by now, because
    you'll need the money later.
    
    Back on the map, head back to the woods where you met the frog.
    
                                           *
    
    o------------o
    | 35.  Woods |
    o------------o
    o-------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Rand, Katt, Sten |
    | Level:  14                    |
    | Items:  None                  |
    o-------------------------------o
    
    Put either Katt or Nina in the lead of your marching order, and then talk to
    the frog.  After the kiss, the woods will explode, and Jean will turn back to
    his 'normal self.'  Jean tells you he is a king (actually he's a prince, but
    the translators messed up) of a castle called SimaFort.  Jean will now join
    your party, and you can add him to your current party (please do so).  He
    starts at LV 10 but if you bring him along, you'll level him up in no time.
    
    As you leave the woods, the game will tell you that your hideout--TownShip--is
    now becoming a real town.  Don't head for SimaFort just yet because there 
    are some side quests you can do right now that will make you far more powerful 
    and ready for what lies ahead.  One of the side quests is to visit a nearby
    restaurant called WildCat.  This will be the last side quest we'll do before
    going to SimaFort.
    
    Before even heading back to TownShip, though, head northwest of the woods 
    and you'll find a lake near a waterfall.  On the map, and while Jean is in 
    the lead of the marching order, press the Y BUTTON on the Controller to 
    activate Jean's special power and make him turn back into his Gigantic Frog 
    form.  You can swim into the waterfall to find a hidden cave.  Do so.
    
                       o------------------------------------------o
                       |!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!|
                       |!!!.----------------------------------.!!!|
                       |!!!|                                  |!!!|
                       |!!!|            Scenario 7            |!!!|
                       |!!!| Dining Out At WildCat Restaurant |!!!|
                       |!!!|                                  |!!!|
                       |!!!.----------------------------------.!!!|
                       |!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!|
                       o------------------------------------------o
    
    o----------------o
    | 36.  Waterfall |
    o----------------o
    o-------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Katt, Sten, Jean |
    | Level:  14                    |
    | Items:  2                     |
    o-------------------------------o
    o-----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Note!                                                                       |
    | -----                                                                       |
    | If any of your members are poisoned while outside on the map, have Jean in  |
    | the lead of the marching order, and activate his special power by pressing  |
    | the Y BUTTON on the Controller to turn into his Gigantic Frog form.  You    |
    | can keep hopping around, not sustaining any damage as you would normally.   |
    | Also, in this form, you won't encounter as many battles, and you'll be      |
    | able to pass regions with much more ease than by walking normally.          |
    o-----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    o-----------------------------------------------------------o
    | Items                                                     |
    | -----                                                     |
    | KmikzeBL:  Open the treasure chest inside the cave.       |
    |                                                           |
    | SokletAR:  Open the other treasure chest inside the cave. |
    o-----------------------------------------------------------o
    
    Put Ryu in the lead of the marching order, and open the treasure chests.  Talk
    to the man inside, and he'll give Ryu some new dragon powers, which are
    extremely powerful at this point in the game.
    
    There's nothing else left to do here, so just leave after getting the new 
    powers.  Head back to TownShip, and make sure Sten is in your party so he 
    can gain some experience points along the way.  Use Jean's special power 
    while on the map to hop and get there a whole lot quicker than normally.
    
                                           *
    
    o---------------o
    | 37.  TownShip |
    o---------------o
    o-------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Katt, Sten, Jean |
    | Level:  14                    |
    | Items:  6                     |
    o-------------------------------o
    o---------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Items                                                                     |
    | -----                                                                     |
    | Charcoal:  In the westernmost house, search the medicine cabinet.         |
    |                                                                           |
    | WiseBL:    In the house in the center, search the medicine cabinet.       |
    |                                                                           |
    | F.Spice:   In the easternmost house, search the medicine cabinet.         |
    |                                                                           |
    | DivideBL:  In the Unity room, open the treasure chest on the left side.   |
    |                                                                           |
    | Dinker:    In the Unity room, search the bookshelf.                       |
    |                                                                           |
    | 1C:        Of the 2nd set of three houses, search the easternmost house's |
    |            cabinet.                                                       |
    o---------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    
    Explore the new houses and then enter the Unity room.  Talk to Granny and 
    try uniting different shamans with different people.  At this point in the 
    game you should only have the Fire and Water Shamans, Sana and Seso.
    
    How to unite shamans with your characters:  You can unite up to two different 
    shamans with one character.  For instance, if it were possible, you could 
    unite both the Water and Fire Shamans with Jean.  However, that is not 
    possible because some shamans aren't compatible with certain characters.  For 
    example, it's obvious that Jean is more of a water elemental kind of 
    character rather than a fire one because frogs like water and don't like 
    heat.
    
    To unite, talk to Granny and she'll ask you if you need an explanation.  The 
    game messes up here, and confuses the options "Yes" with "No," so if you want 
    the explanation, say "No."  Once you say "Yes," the game will bring you four 
    different options:  Unite, List, Undo, and Cancel.
    
    Unite
    =====
    Use this to experiment fusing different shamans with characters.  If you 
    aren't up to using the trial and error method, look below for a list of 
    compatible shamans and characters at this point in the game.
    
    List
    ====
    This shows you what you have done--in terms of uniting shamans and 
    characters--that has worked successfully.  This is a huge helper because you 
    won't have to memorize which shamans work with certain characters after you 
    get a correct fusion.  Simply look under the character for the right shaman 
    combination and select it to get that fusion immediately.
    
    Undo
    ====
    This undoes the shaman you united with a character.  However, you really 
    don't need this option if you have an item called "DivideBL," which is inside 
    the chest in the Unity room.  DivideBL cancels the uniting on the selected 
    character and you can use it as many times as you want.
    
    Cancel
    ======
    This option can be confusing.  It doesn't necessarily cancel the uniting as
    Undo will do; it actually ends it.  Suppose you only want to fuse just the
    Water Shaman, Seso, with Jean, but don't want to fuse any other shamans; you
    have to select Cancel to start the uniting process.  In other words, select
    this option anytime you want to fuse just o-n-e shaman with a character, and
    not two.
    
    Here's what you can do now with your current characters and shamans:
    
    Character     Shaman     Bonuses           Appearance
    =========     ======     =======           ==========
    Rand          Sana               +Off.     -
    Rand          Seso       +Wisdom           -
    Nina          Sana               +Off.     -
    Nina          Seso       +Wisdom           -
    Sten          Sana               +Off.     Red
    Sten          Seso       +Wisdom           -
    Jean          Seso       +Wisdom           -
    
    (Note:  A "-" [dash] sign under the Appearance column indicates the character
    does not show a change in his or her appearance.)
    
    It would be a good idea to bring Sten along, and have him unite with Sana, so
    you can take a look at how different he looks in his new reddish hue.  Unite
    Seso with either Jean or Nina.  Note that Ryu will never be able to unite with
    shamans during the entire course of the game, and right now, Katt cannot unite
    with any of your current shamans.
    
    Now, you'll want to go find some tenants for the three new houses that have 
    been built.  You should explore the world of Breath of Fire II and look 
    everywhere; or if all else fails, read on.
    
    Once you pick a tenant, you can't go back and replace him or her because each
    tenant is assigned to a particular house.  You see, TownShip will only have a
    limited number of houses available--far fewer than the number of total tenants
    in the game, so you will never be able to get all the tenants and you must make
    a choice.  You currently have three open houses available and later on you will
    get a set of an additional three houses giving you six total houses and thus,
    six total tenants you can recruit.
    
    To get a tenant to come to TownShip, simply talk to the person and say yes 
    when they ask you if they can open up a shop.  They'll automatically be in 
    TownShip the next time you drop by.  If they don't ask to come to TownShip,
    it usually means you've already filled the House they would have occupied
    with another Tenant.
    
    Arguably, there are only two Tenants who are considered the absolute "best"
    for their respective Houses.  I have yet to get each and every tenant in
    the game, so you may want to refer to a specialized in-depth guide on tenants.
    
    Just to be clear, most of the benefits you'll receive are not very good.  For
    example, Kay (a possible tenant for House 1)'s vaccine shot will give your
    party immunity to poison, but it is not permanent and goes away extremely
    quickly.  Don't worry too much about picking the "best" tenant because there is
    no overall consensus on who's the best except for Baretta for House 3 and
    Barose for House 4.
    
    My personal recommendations for each House are (based on usefulness):
    
    o---------------------o
    | Recommended Tenants |
    | ------------------- |
    | House 1:  Hekkeller |
    | House 2:  Leminton  |
    | House 3:  Baretta   |
    | House 4:  Barose    |
    | House 5:  Hanz      |
    | House 6:  Daiye     |
    o---------------------o
    
    Those are the tenants I will show you how to get.  If you would like to
    explore other possible tenants, I highly suggest you take a look at a
    specialized guide dedicated to tenants and make the appropriate recruiting
    sessions when required.  (Not all tenants will be available for recruiting
    right now.)
    
    For Houses 1, 2, and 3 you can get the recommended tenants right now.  Here
    is a table showing where they're located followed by a description of what they
    give you:
    
    House     Tenant        Location
    =====     ======        ========
    1         Hekkeller     Home Town, next to Ryu/Bow's house
    2         Leminton      2nd floor of Capitan's inn
    3         Baretta       Windia's armory
    
    Hekkeller opens up a nice shop that sells some awesome fire equipment, but 
    they're quite expensive.  Try saving up your coins for one of the powerful
    weapons.
    
    Leminton also opens up another shop that sells some darn good stuff, but not 
    as good as what Hekkeller sells.  Buy from him if you're low on coins.
    
    Baretta opens up a shop that will, now, only sell outdated equipment, but 
    later on in the game, will sell some very good stuff (including some of the
    best possible equipment you can get in th game).  For now though, just
    leave her alone and don't waste your coins on what's she's offering at the
    moment.
    
    I suggest you get these three tenants so that you can buy all their powerful 
    equipment, and so you won't have to worry about how strong your characters 
    are for the time being.  Once you get the tenants to join you, spend all your 
    coins on the equipment they sell.
    
    After filling the three Houses, talk to the carpenter, but make sure Ryu is in
    the lead of the marching order.  He'll ask you if he should continue building
    TownShip and expand it even more.  Say yes, and pay him 1000 coins.  Now, if
    you're impatient and want to see how TownShip will look expanded, keep entering
    and exiting TownShip about eight times and the town will automatically change.
    Now there are six Houses instead of just three.  You can get a lousy coin by 
    searching one of the medicine cabinets in one of the new set of Houses.  
    Anyhow, for now, you can't invite anyone into these new Houses because the 
    tenants are in places you have yet to visit in the game.
    
    Your next stop is "Wild Cat," a cave next to the waterfall where you got the 
    new dragon powers for Ryu.  Make sure everyone is around LV 15; level up 
    those characters that are low in experience so that everyone is around the 
    same level.  A great place to gain EXP and coins is south of the woods where 
    you found Jean.
    
                                           *
    
    o---------------o
    | 38.  Wild Cat |
    o---------------o
    o-------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Nina, Sten, Jean |
    | Level:  15                    |
    | Items:  None                  |
    o-------------------------------o
    
    Talk to the guard and answer by saying yes to him when he asks you if you 
    wish to check in.  Read the signs and follow each sign's directions.  Leave 
    your hats, jackets, weapons, and shields.  Then say yes when the sign asks 
    you to rub yourself in pepper and salt.  The last sign will ask you how you 
    want your meal done, say "Rare" (don't choose either of the other two 
    choices).  Note:  If you do not follow the directions you will be forced to
    fight a small boss each time.
    
    Now, continue into the next room and step on the grill.  You'll now be 
    hopping mad on it because it's so hot.  "Cook" will come out and want to chop 
    you into bits, so you'll have to fight him stripped of all your armor and 
    weapons.  In addition, your characters will lose some HP because of the grill 
    being so hot.
    
    ##################
    # Boss Battle 13 #
    # WildCat        #
    ##################
    
    Have Ryu cast any of his new dragon powers (ThunderDrgn, FireDrgn, IceDrgn) and
    it'll knock off a whopping 512 points of damage if his AP is at max.  Have Sten
    cast Flame, and Nina cast S.Boom.  Jean should attack, but you won't really
    need to rely on his efforts because you should defeat WildCat in the first
    round of combat.
    
    After the fight, Cook will begin to feel some pain and head into the next 
    room.  Follow him, and you should be in some sort of a bar.  Talk to the cook 
    to the right and he'll begin to ask you some yes or no questions.  It would
    be a good idea if you answer them the following way:
    
    Cook Q & A Dialogue
    ===================
    Question 1:  Are you mad that I tried to turn you into steaks?
    Answer   1:  No
    Question 2:  You are softhearted, aren't you?
    Answer   2:  Yes
    
    Cook should then be thankful to you for forgiving him, and will want to teach 
    you something "new":  a spell.
    
    However, if you answer him differently, he will give a boost of 16 HP to all
    the party members.
    
    Now, you can go back to the hut with the dragon shrine and change your party 
    members if you don't currently have the character you wish to learn the 
    spell.  The spell Cook will teach you is called "Chop Chop"; it uses up 0 AP 
    and will deal about 50-70 points of damage to a single enemy.  It's one of the 
    more useful spells in the game since it's an unblockable spell and doesn't
    factor in an enemy's defense.
    
    It would be wise of you to give it to someone you know will be in your party 
    for most of the game (like Katt).  Sten, Katt, and Nina are the best choices.  
    Ryu is also another option.  If you just can't decide, give it to Nina since
    she's an offensive based character, and most of her current spells don't do
    as much damage as Chop Chop will inflict.
    
    Once you've decided, leave Wild Cat and now you'll be done with the first set 
    of optional side quests in Breath of Fire II.  Congratulations.
    
    Back to the main course of the game, your next destination is SimaFort.  
    SimaFort is located in the center of the lake, east of Wild Cat.  To get to 
    SimaFort you'll have to swim there; to be able to swim, you have to put Jean 
    in the lead of your marching order and activate his special power to turn into 
    a gigantic frog by pressing the Y BUTTON on the Controller.
    
                  o-------------------------------------------------o
                  |!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!|
                  |!!!.-----------------------------------------.!!!|
                  |!!!|                                         |!!!|
                  |!!!|                Scenario 8               |!!!|
                  |!!!| Dethroning the SimaFort Prince Imposter |!!!|
                  |!!!|                                         |!!!|
                  |!!!.-----------------------------------------.!!!|
                  |!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!|
                  o-------------------------------------------------o
    
    o---------------o
    | 39.  SimaFort |
    o---------------o
    o-------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Nina, Sten, Jean |
    | Level:  15                    |
    | Items:  2                     |
    o-------------------------------o
    o-----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Items                                                                       |
    | -----                                                                       |
    | Gills*:    After gaining consciousness, the princess will give this to you. |
    |                                                                             |
    | DluxPole:  In the room you wake up in, search the medicine cabinet.         |
    o-----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    
    If you enter at nighttime, rest like the guard tells you to because you can't 
    enter SimaFort until daytime.  You can leave SimaFort at any time by having 
    Jean in the lead of your marching order and by activating his special power 
    while outside the main castle.  The stairs can't be used for now, so enter 
    through the main door.
    
    Once inside, Jean will start to boast and tell everyone the prince is back.  
    All the citizens of SimaFort seem dismayed and don't respond.  Suddenly, some 
    soldiers take a hold of Jean and, who appears to be prince of SimaFort, 
    greets you.  He apologizes on his behalf for the commotion, and tells you 
    that Jean is really an imposter and not the real prince.  For now, you really 
    don't know what to believe, and the (assumed) real prince asks you to leave. 
    Saying no to him won't do anything so say yes.  You could explore the castle
    and talk to everyone, but just leave.
    
    Once you're out of the main castle, you'll find someone named "Petape," who 
    throws a boulder at the ship you were supposed to depart on, and causes it to 
    sink.  Suddenly, she throws you all into the water, and soldiers appear.  
    They think you left since your ship isn't around anymore.  You then realize 
    that Jean is not the imposter the "real prince" said he was.  After the 
    soldiers leave, the party begins to sink.  Before it's too late, Petape 
    rescues them.
    
    You now wake up in some room, and Ryu finally gains consciousness.  You 
    realize Petape is the actual princess of SimaFort.  Petape will ask you to 
    save her brother, Jean (the one thrown in jail).  Petape can also give you 
    some more info so listen to her.  Say yes when she asks you if you'll save 
    Jean, and she'll give you a special item called "Gills."  These will allow 
    you to breathe underwater (though you won't be able to suddenly move through
    the ocean on the maps with these).
    
    Petape tells you to find the underground dungeon and look for Jean.  To get 
    there, remember those stairs in the outside part of the castle that you 
    couldn't enter?  Now you can enter them, so go down the stairs, and you 
    should be underwater.
    
    Head into the left opening; the right opening will only take you out of 
    SimaFort--remember this in case you want to build up levels or need to leave.  
    Go up the next flight of stairs, and you'll end up inside the castle.
    
    Head into the room to the north, keep heading up (through the small 
    passageway between the two cells), and then go down the stairs.  You'll now 
    be in a jail room and hear a conversation.  "Leader" will ask you if you want 
    to save Jean; say yes and you'll have to fight him.  The battle with "Jailer" 
    is so easy you shouldn't have any problems defeating him.
    
    Once you've defeated Jailer, Petape will come over and open the cell.  Talk 
    to Jean and say, "help you" when he asks you a question.  Jean says he 
    doesn't mind being a plain old fogy rather than a prince, and Petape begins 
    to cry.  Jean then tells you of a "Royal Ring" which may ultimately prove who 
    is the real prince.  Jean tells you that he gave the ring to a witch, more 
    specifically Nimufu.  Anyway, now you must exit SimaFort and go find Nimufu.  
    She's actually not at her tower anymore, but at Wild Cat--you remember where 
    that is don't you?
    
                                           *
    
    o---------------o
    | 40.  Wild Cat |
    o---------------o
    o-------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Nina, Sten |
    | Level:  15              |
    | Items:  None            |
    o-------------------------o
    
    Once you reach Wild Cat, head back into the bar room where Cook was, and 
    you'll notice a whole lot of witches around here.  You can get some info 
    about Nimufu, and even battle one of them.  Nimufu is actually in the 
    bathroom, so go inside and talk to her.  She tells you she dropped the ring 
    into the toilet so you'll have to go inside to find it.  Jump into the 
    toilet.
    
                                           *
    
    o----------------o
    | 41.  Bath Room |
    o----------------o
    o-------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Nina, Sten |
    | Level:  15              |
    | Items:  1               |
    o-------------------------o
    o-----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Items                                                                       |
    | -----                                                                       |
    | Royal R.*:  Grab the ring at the south part, then get it back at the north. |
    o-----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    
    Don't be alarmed; there aren't any monsters in here, and it's not a real 
    dungeon.  Head south and try grabbing the ring.  It'll float to the other end 
    of the small lake.  Head north and then grab it for good.  Now you got what 
    you were looking for, so exit.
    
    As you're leaving, Nimufu will question your motive, and you explain to her 
    that it's not just any ordinary ring you were after.  She doesn't believe 
    that someone would ever give her something so extravagant and valuable 
    because she doesn't feel that anyone actually loves her.  It seems Jean must 
    have liked the poor witch.
    
    All you can do is to leave Wild Cat and head back into SimaFort.  However, 
    before riding the boat back, head into the hut and change members.  Add Rand 
    or Katt to the party so that you have four members and then rest up.  Now enter 
    SimaFort.
    
                                           *
    
    o---------------o
    | 42.  SimaFort |
    o---------------o
    o-------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Rand, Nina, Sten |
    | Level:  15                    |
    | Items:  17                    |
    o-------------------------------o
    o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    | 1C:         In the king's bedroom, search the dresser next to secret       |
    |             entrance.                                                      |
    |                                                                            |
    | HuntKey*:   You get this from Tata after saving him.                       |
    |                                                                            |
    | HuntKey*:   You also get another key from Tata after saving him.           |
    |                                                                            |
    | 1000C:      After Tata gives you the keys, unlock the left door and open   |
    |             the treasure chest.                                            |
    |                                                                            |
    | WormMeat*:  You get this after you kill the worm in the dungeon.           |
    |                                                                            |
    | HelpBL:     From the start of the dungeon, go right, up, up, and down-left |
    |             and open the treasure chest.                                   |
    |             chest.                                                         |
    |                                                                            |
    | GutsBT:     From the start of the dungeon, go right, up, up, and down-left |
    |             and open the treasure chest.                                   |
    |             chest.                                                         |
    |                                                                            |
    | Stamina:    From the 1st roach room, go down-left, down, and down a bit    |
    |             and open the treasure chest.                                   |
    |                                                                            |
    | RochMeat*:  You get this after you kill the roach in the dungeon.          |
    |                                                                            |
    | GoldFly*:   You get this after you kill the gold fly in the dungeon.       |
    |                                                                            |
    | SoleSD:     After beating Kuwadora, pull the sword in the northern part of |
    |             the room.                                                      |
    |                                                                            |
    | BreathAR:   When Jean is innocent, go to the room where the thief is and   |
    |             up the stairs and open one of the treasure chests.             |
    |             stairs.                                                        |
    |                                                                            |
    | RoyalHT:    When Jean is innocent, go to the room where the thief is and   |
    |             up the stairs and open one of the treasure chests.             |
    |                                                                            |
    | IronSH:     When Jean is innocent, go to the room where the thief is and   |
    |             up the stairs and open one of the treasure chests.             |
    |                                                                            |
    | 1000C X 3:  When you get the keys from the guard/hostage on the SimaFort   |
    |             roof, enter the room with the bucket elevator and  walk        |
    |             straight up into the wall.  Search that section of the wall    |
    |             for the first 1000C.  Next, move one space to the right        |
    |             and search the wall for the second 1000C.  After that,         |
    |             move one more space to the right and search to find the        |
    |             third 1000C.                                                   |
    o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    
    Go back into Jean's cellar and talk to Jean.  He'll be somewhat happy you 
    found the ring and start singing.
    
    You'll end up in front of the king and the imposter will show up as well.  To 
    your surprise, the imposter also has the same exact ring Jean has.  
    Therefore, it seems that your efforts were in vain.  However, a small ray of 
    hope is still left, as the king will ask for some fly pudding--a delicacy 
    only the true prince of SimaFort knows how to make.  Next, the imposter 
    challenges you to a cooking contest.  The goal is to make the best meal for 
    the king; whoever wins will be declared the true prince.  If Jean loses 
    however, the entire party, as well as Jean, will be executed.
    
    This is your only chance to prove that Jean really is the prince, so you end 
    up in the kitchen.  Jean asks you to find three key ingredients in order for 
    him to prepare the perfect meal.  The three ingredients can be found in the 
    dungeon of the basement of SimaFort.  The ingredients are:  "WormMeat," 
    "RochMeat," and "GoldFly."
    
    From the kitchen, find the king's chambers and enter the right opening 
    (behind the throne).  Go up the flight of stairs, and search in front of the 
    arrow pointing south (by pressing the A BUTTON on the Controller) to have 
    the painting move.  A secret entrance appears, enter it.
    
    Go up the next flight of stairs and you'll find "Tata," a soldier tied up and 
    begging for some water.  Help him by saying yes, and he'll mention someone 
    named "Fiolina."
    
    Find Fiolina by heading downstairs from the king's chambers--she's the woman 
    staring in front of the small pond.  Talk to her and she'll ask you if you've 
    seen Tata, her boyfriend, around.  Say yes and she'll go and rescue him.  If 
    you talk to her before saving Tata and tell her that you've seen him around, 
    she'll know that you're lying.
    
    Follow her to where Tata was originally, and talk to Tata.  He'll thank you, 
    and asks you if there is anything he can do to help.  If you say "money," it 
    seems your dragon meter will change (probably for the worst).  Both choices 
    will end up giving you the same result.  He will also give you two keys, 
    which you can use to unlock the doors in both buildings nearby.
    
    Unlock the building to the left of Tata and grab the chest for a cool stash 
    of 1000 coins, but don't bother going down the flight of stairs because 
    you'll end up in a dead end.  Unlock the other building (the windmill) and 
    fall into the buckets going down.  You should now end up on the lower level.  
    Follow this path and you'll finally find the dungeon Petape was talking 
    about.
    
    You'll run into a soldier trying to capture the famous GoldFly.  He'll be 
    defeated by it, and the fly will challenge you to a fight.  Just keep 
    attacking it, and after about four or five rounds, it'll fly away.  In fact,
    you can just defend and heal yourself for those four or five rounds and it
    will still fly away.
    
    Enter the room nearby (don't enter the room all the way north just yet).  
    You'll run into the fly again and it'll fly away (again).  Keep following 
    this path until reaching the bridge.  Make sure your HP is full, and a 
    gigantic worm will break up the bridge and attack you.
    
    ##################
    # Boss Battle 14 #
    # J.Worm         #
    ##################
    
    Have Ryu cast any of his best dragon powers (not the puppy ones) to knock off a
    good 500 points of damage.  Have Rand constantly attack the worm and cure
    anyone if necessary.  Have Sten cast Chop Chop or Flame, and Nina should cast
    S.Boom.  After Ryu casts his dragon power, make sure he constantly attacks the
    J.Worm.  If it puts some of your characters to sleep, don't bother waking them
    up, as it will usually attack them to wake them up soon enough.  This battle
    shouldn't take any more than four rounds of fighting if your characters are
    around LV 15.
    
    After the fight, you'll end up with one of the key ingredients.  The Gold Fly 
    will then taunt you.  It may be a good idea to go to the inn of SimaFort and 
    restore your characters' HP and AP so you'll be ready for the next half of 
    the dungeon.
    
    Once you're prepared, go back to the main room (first room) of the dungeon 
    and enter the north doorway.  Follow this path battling the blue roaches and 
    getting the out-of-the-way chests.  Once you're at the end, you'll face a big 
    roach.
    
    ##################
    # Boss Battle 15 #
    # G.Roach        #
    ##################
    
    This boss is pathetic.  It seems its weakness is fire, so have Ryu attack
    hopefully you bought the "FireSD" from Hekkeller in TownShip), Rand attack,
    Sten cast Flame, and Nina cast S.Boom.  There should be no need for curing
    whatsoever, but if you need to, then use the usual Herbs or HelpBLs.
    
    After the very easy battle, you'll end up with the second key ingredient Jean 
    needs, two down, and one more to go.  Continue north to face the GoldFly, 
    this time, for the last time.  Make sure Ryu has full, or very close to full, 
    AP, so he can do some costly damage with those new dragon powers.
    
    ##################
    # Boss Battle 16 #
    # GoldFly        #
    ##################
    
    Have Ryu cast his dragon power, Rand attack, Sten cast Flame/ChopChop, and Nina
    cast S.Boom.  You should take the GoldFly out in two rounds if you followed
    this strategy.
    
    Afterwards, you'll end up with the last of the three key ingredients.  All 
    that's left to do is to leave the dungeon and go find Jean in the kitchen.  
    Talk to Jean, and you'll give him the ingredients; he'll ask you to go wait 
    in the dining room.
    
    Go to the dining room, talk to the guard to the south, and the contest will 
    begin.  The food will be prepared on the table and the head cook will taste 
    each dish made by the imposter and Jean.  The head chef will say that the 
    imposter's dishes taste better; the other cooks also agree, but it's obvious 
    they are lying just to make the imposter happy.
    
    As a last resort, Jean asks the party to taste the food.  Do so by pressing 
    the A BUTTON on the Controller in front of each of the three plates.  
    Unfortunately, humans just can't seem to eat this stuff.  The party will spit
    the food out, and Petape will be outraged and threaten to blow up the castle.
    
    The imposter, Jean, and Petape will then storm off into an unknown area in 
    the castle and the head cook will tell you about a secret bathroom elevator 
    that may lead you to them.  Before finding it, rest at the inn to restore 
    your HP and AP.
    
    The elevator can be found by going into the north opening from the dining 
    room, down the stairs, and then into the room marked "WC."  Press the A 
    BUTTON on the Controller while standing in front of the arrow pointing down 
    to take the elevator.  Now, instead of heading south after the elevator takes 
    you to the lower floor, head into the little opening just to the right of 
    where the bathroom is and you'll find yourself in a new area.
    
    Before you continue into the new area, make sure you are fully prepared:
    Everyone should be at or near full health.  Also, check that no one hasn't
    lost his or her shaman-bonded form (if applicable), and that everyone has
    the best possible equipment you can buy at this point.
    
    Once you've decided you're ready, continue through this area and you'll find
    Jean, who's hurt.  You'll meet up with the imposter and he'll turn into a
    demon named "Kuwadora."
    
    ##################
    # Boss Battle 17 #
    # Kuwadora       #
    ##################
    
    He's big and a whole lot tougher than any other boss you've faced thus far.  It
    might be a good idea to have Ryu be at LV 16 or higher for this battle.  Have
    Ryu cast his dragon power to knock off 500 points of damage, Rand attack
    constantly, Sten cast Chop Chop or attack, and Nina cast S.Boom.  Use items
    like "F.Spice" or battle-only items if you have them.  To really make short
    work of Kuwadora, have Ryu cast his dragon powers twice by giving him W.Fruit
    after the first time to restore his AP.
    
    After the battle, Kuwadora will try to explode the castle, but instead, 
    explodes himself.  Jean tells everyone to calm down, and that it really 
    wasn't an explosion device, rather a stronghold for a legendary sword.  Jean 
    lied about it to scare burglars away, but it seems Petape bought into the 
    whole story her entire life.
    
    It turns out Petape and Jean are just fine and they leave to find the king.
    Now that you have control of your party, pull the sword out, and get the
    "SoleSD."  Now leave the room, and you'll end up in the king's chamber.
    
    The king will apologize, and Jean will want to go an extra step further and 
    join your party for good.  You also find out that the king had a spell put on 
    him so that's why he couldn't recognize his own son, Jean.
    
    Now that you have Jean in your party, Petape and the king will tell you to 
    take whatever you wish from the castle.
    
    Find the very large room where there are a few cooks and a cockroach pit.  
    There should be a set of stairs going up, and you should be hearing someone 
    named "Patty" yelling constantly.  Head up the stairs and open the three 
    chests, then go back down and talk to the cook guarding the insane woman.  It 
    turns out this is the thief you've been looking for all this time.  Finally, 
    you can clear Bow's name.
    
    Now that you have Patty, the thief, in your party (technically she isn't, but 
    the game just says so), head all the way back to HomeTown.  Oh, and about 
    the SoleSD, have Jean equip that since Ryu can equip a whole lot of better 
    weapons that you can buy at the shops in TownShip.
    
    Once you exit SimaFort, notice that the map music changes.  This seems to be 
    a theme in the Breath of Fire games:  After every important task you 
    accomplish, the music changes to signal a new chapter of the game.
    
                          o---------------------------------o
                          |!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!|
                          |!!!.-------------------------.!!!|
                          |!!!|                         |!!!|
                          |!!!|        Scenario 9       |!!!|
                          |!!!| Proving Bow's Innocence |!!!|
                          |!!!|                         |!!!|
                          |!!!.-------------------------.!!!|
                          |!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!|
                          o---------------------------------o
    
    o---------------o
    | 43.  HomeTown |
    o---------------o
    o-------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Rand, Nina, Jean |
    | Level:  17                    |
    | Items:  None                  |
    o-------------------------------o
    
    Once you reach HomeTown, enter the house that a soldier is guarding, and 
    talk to him to enter Trout's house.
    
                                           *
    
    o------------o
    | 44.  Trout |
    o------------o
    o-------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Rand, Nina, Jean |
    | Level:  17                    |
    | Items:  2                     |
    o-------------------------------o
    o-------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Items                                                                   |
    | -----                                                                   |
    | Antdt:  Search the medicine cabinet in the northeast room of the house. |
    |                                                                         |
    | Cake:   Open the treasure chest in the northwest room of the house.     |
    o-------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    
    Once you enter Trout's house, you'll show the real thief, Patty, to Trout.  
    Patty then immediately accuses Trout of stealing the treasure in the first 
    place, and that all she did was take it back to its rightful owner.  Patty 
    then claims that Trout has several thieves working for him in his basement.  
    Trout asks you to go search his house and see if you can find anything to 
    prove that she's lying.
    
    Find a set of stairs and go down them.  As you can see, there's really 
    nothing around in the basement.  Go back up the stairs and Trout will ask you 
    if you seen anything.  You haven't, and then Trout asks you to leave his 
    house now that everything is out in the open.  Once you're outside, Kilgore 
    runs into you, and asks you if Bow's name is finally clear.  You tell Kilgore 
    what just happened, and he begs you to bring Bow to him so he can apologize 
    for asking him to steal that treasure.  Well, you know where Bow is, don't 
    you?  Next stop:  TownShip.
    
                                           *
    
    o---------------o
    | 45.  TownShip |
    o---------------o
    o-------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Rand, Nina, Jean |
    | Level:  17                    |
    | Items:  None                  |
    o-------------------------------o
    
    Once you enter TownShip, talk to Niro and change your party.  Notice that 
    you can now finally add Bow to your party.  Now put him in there.  By the
    way, here are the current possible shaman combinations for Bow:
    
    Character     Shaman     Bonuses           Appearance
    =========     ======     =======           ==========
    Bow           Sana               +Off.     -
    Bow           Seso       +Wisdom           -
    
    Time to head back to HomeTown.
    
                                           *
    
    o---------------o
    | 46.  HomeTown |
    o---------------o
    o-------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Bow, Rand, Jean  |
    | Level:  17                    |
    | Items:  None                  |
    o-------------------------------o
    
    Back at HomeTown, enter Kilgore's house and make sure Bow is in the lead of 
    the marching order.  Talk to Kilgore, and he'll apologize for what he asked 
    Bow to do.  You end up at the dining table and Kilgore apologizes while you 
    all eat dinner.  Suddenly, and unexpectedly, he asks Bow to steal for him 
    again.  Kilgore tells you that there is something awfully suspicious about 
    Trout, and he can't stop thinking about him.  Bow agrees and decides to take 
    on the task.  Bow then asks Ryu if he wishes to come along with him.  If you 
    want Ryu to come with Bow, say yes twice or else you'll just end up entering 
    Trout's house as Bow alone.  Once you decide, you'll immediately fight a 
    battle with a "Footman."  Easily dispatch of him by attacking him.  You'll 
    now be back inside Trout's house.
    
                                           *
    
    o------------o
    | 47.  Trout |
    o------------o
    o------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Bow |
    | Level:  17       |
    | Items:  1        |
    o------------------o
    o-----------------------------------------------------------o
    | Items                                                     |
    | -----                                                     |
    | M.Hood*:  After defeating Trout, Patty gives this to you. |
    o-----------------------------------------------------------o
    
    Be careful; there are a lot of Footmen in here.  Your goal is to get to the 
    stairs.  Enter them to get to the basement, and then go back up to the main 
    floor.  You'll spot Trout, and he'll come from a secret entrance.  Bow and 
    Ryu hide so Trout doesn't see them.  Enter the set of stairs in the next room 
    up.
    
    You'll end up in a new area of the basement.  Talk with the people locked up 
    and they'll tell you that Trout asked them to steal for him, and then jailed 
    them.  You'll spot Patty in chains, too.  Talk to Patty and she'll tell you 
    "I told you so!"  Well, now that you know who the real bad guy is, you decide 
    to trust Patty.  Trout comes back to check up on Patty and notices you.  He 
    asks Bow if he'd be willing to steal for him.  Of course, Bow isn't that 
    naive, and refuses.  Trout gets angry, and he decides he wants to kill you.
    
    ##################
    # Boss Battle 18 #
    # Trout          #
    ##################
    
    Have Ryu open up by casting his dragon powers.  After that, just have Ryu and
    Bow continue to attack Trout, and he should be defeated in seconds.
    
    After Trout dies, Patty compliments Bow on his 'killing monsters' talent, but 
    laughs at his stealing ability.  Ah well, the good thing is that you helped 
    save Patty and found out who Trout really is.  Patty gives you the "Magic 
    Hood"--Kilgore's stolen treasure--and you end up back at Kilgore's house.
    
    Bow explains to Kilgore and the gang what happened, and Kilgore thanks you 
    deeply.  Bow offers to give back the Magic Hood, but Kilgore refuses and asks 
    you to keep it.  Bow then asks Ryu if he thinks that something bad is going 
    to happen.  It doesn't matter what you say, and then a cut scene takes place.  
    It appears something bad really is going to happen.  For now though, it's 
    best not to worry what it is.
    
    You'll end up outside Kilgore's house, and now Bow can finally travel with 
    you on your adventures.  As you're leaving HomeTown, a woman stands in your 
    way.  Talk to her; "Silvia" asks Ryu and Bow to go back to the guild.  You'll 
    automatically end up at the guild, and the rangers speak of a very large 
    demon that was spotted at Gate--the place where Ryu first met Bow in the very 
    beginning.  The Rangers decide to quit their jobs because the task seems 
    impossible, and they want nothing to do with it.  Ryu and Bow then realize 
    the demon the rangers are speaking of is the very same demon that they were 
    defeated by in the cave near Gate.
    
    The elder asks more questions to Ryu and Bow.  Then Silvia appears and tells 
    the Elder that Bow defeated one of the other demons, Trout.  Silvia then 
    kisses Bow for a little reward.  You then hear of a "Grass Man," who you 
    might want to find since he has the power to communicate with the trees and 
    forest, and could ask them what happened at Gate.
    
    Anyway you look at it, your next task is a big one.  Exit HomeTown and head 
    all the way back to the continent where you found SimaFort and the Witch 
    Tower.  Head south, past the streams, by using Jean's special power to turn 
    into a gigantic frog, and then east until finding a house all by itself at 
    the tip of the peninsula; enter it.
    
                           o----------------------------------o
                           |!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!|
                           |!!!.--------------------------.!!!|
                           |!!!|                          |!!!|
                           |!!!|        Scenario 10       |!!!|
                           |!!!| Snap Out of It, Grandpa! |!!!|
                           |!!!|                          |!!!|
                           |!!!.--------------------------.!!!|
                           |!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!|
                           o----------------------------------o
    
    o-------------o
    | 48.  W.Cape |
    o-------------o
    o------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Bow, Katt, Jean |
    | Level:  18                   |
    | Items:  None                 |
    o------------------------------o
    
    Change your party members using the dragon shrine, and make sure you add Katt 
    to your party if you haven't already.  Enter the house and talk to the man 
    inside.  He'll tell you that he was one of the people that were held captive 
    by Trout.  He thanks you, and as a token of his appreciation, asks that you 
    see the Whale Cave.  Continue, and fall down into the hole.
    
                                           *
    
    o-----------------o
    | 49.  Whale Cave |
    o-----------------o
    o------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Bow, Katt, Jean |
    | Level:  18                   |
    | Items:  4                    |
    o------------------------------o
    o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Note!                                                                      |
    | -----                                                                      |
    | In the Whale Cave, every so often, an enemy called "C.Sludge" comes along, |
    | which will net you a ton of EXP.  You can have Bow and Jean catch up with  |
    | Ryu in levels in no time at all.  This is a great way to gain some         |
    | much-needed levels.                                                        |
    o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Items                                                                      |
    | -----                                                                      |
    | SteelAR:  In the 2nd room of the W.Tunnel, look right for a treasure chest |
    |                                                                            |
    |           and open it.                                                     |
    | 100C:     In the 2nd room of the W.Tunnel, look left for a treasure chest  |
    |           and open it.                                                     |
    |                                                                            |
    | PwrFood:  In the 1st cobwebs room, head right and continue up for a        |
    |           treasure chest and open it.                                      |
    |                                                                            |
    | GoldAR:   In the 2nd cobwebs room, enter the closed mouth for a treasure   |
    |           chest and open it.                                               |
    o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    
    Once you're inside, have Katt in the lead of the marching order, and activate 
    her special power (by pressing the Y BUTTON on the Controller) to break open 
    the fragile gate.  Fall down even further and you'll meet up with an old man 
    named "Maiyoru."  He explains that you're inside a giant whale named 
    "Grandpa," and that he hasn't been responding to him lately.  "Tree" and 
    "Ton"--the two baby whales--say that Grandpa swallowed an evil stone doll.  
    This doll could be responsible for Grandpa not responding since it supposedly 
    puts things to sleep.  Maiyoru says that he may have spotted the doll 
    somewhere near the stomach area of Grandpa.  Anyway, Maiyoru says it's about 
    time he head back to his house at the beach and asks you to drop by sometime.
    
    If you're not prepared to enter a dungeon right now, enter the mouth opening 
    and go back to the room where you met Maiyoru.  Tree and Ton should be 
    waiting for you, and will let you ride on them to get out.  Once you're 
    prepared, enter the mouth opening and continue north to enter the "Whale 
    Tunnels."
    
    You should now be in a small room with an Adam's apple you can whack with 
    Katt's stick by activating her special power.  Nothing happens when you whack 
    it though, so just continue north into the next room.
    
    This room is quite large and can be confusing.  There's only one way to go, 
    and that's up.  Go into the next room.
    
    You should now be in a room that features some cobwebs hanging from the 
    ceiling.  There are three ways you can proceed in this room:  left, up, or 
    right.  Left takes you to a dead end, up takes you further into the dungeon, 
    and right takes you to a treasure chest at a dead end.  Go up and enter the 
    next room.
    
    In this room, you can either go left or continue up.  Going left will only 
    lead you to a dead end so continue up.
    
    In this room, there is a closed mouth, which you can whack open by using 
    Katt's special power.  Inside is a treasure chest.  Keep going up to continue
    with the dungeon.  You'll eventually reach another closed mouth, so open it the
    same way you did previously.  Continue up some more and you'll reach a long
    'ghostly-figure' in dark color.  Before approaching it, make sure your 
    characters' HP are full, and be ready for battle.
    
    ##################
    # Boss Battle 19 #
    # Munmar         #
    ##################
    
    Have Ryu open up casting his dragon power to knock off a good amount of damage.
    Katt should attack or use HelpBLs/Herbs if needed.  Bow should cast Cure or use
    items, and act as a defensive character for the most part.  Jean should attack
    or cast spells.  Make sure Ryu continues to attack Munmar to keep damaging it.
    If you have WFruits, use them on Ryu and have him use cast his dragon power
    again to instantly defeat Munmar.  If all else  fails, put the party in the
    Defense position and then Auto.  Use LifePls when ever someone dies and keep
    attacking.
    
    After defeating Munmar, it'll grow sleepy and die.  Although you've just 
    killed the source of what is making Grandpa sleeping, he still hasn't woken 
    up.  Head all the way back to the main entrance of the Whale Tunnels where 
    you saw that Adam's apple.  This time, activate Katt's special power to whack 
    it with her stick, and W.Cape begins to shake vibrantly.  Grandpa emerges 
    from the cape and finally awakens, spewing you out of his insides via his 
    wind hole pipe.  You land on the shore of W.Cape, and Grandpa offers to 
    take you anywhere you want.  Tree and Ton appear and tell you that you should 
    find a place called "Tunlan."  Before you go, however, Grandpa asks you to 
    get the "Whale Bell" from Maiyoru, the old man, which allows you to call 
    Grandpa anytime you want.  The game automatically sends you to Whale Beach.
    
                                           *
    
    o------------------o
    | 50.  Whale Beach |
    o------------------o
    o------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Bow, Katt, Jean |
    | Level:  18                   |
    | Items:  2                    |
    o------------------------------o
    o-----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Note!                                                                       |
    | -----                                                                       |
    | Once you have Grandpa you can get a very special person to join your team   |
    | team.  It's an optional character, who you do not need to recruit in order  |
    | to finish the game, but may prove to be quite an asset to you at this       |
    | point in the game.  For more information please read the paragraph right    |
    | before the beginning of Scenario 23.  However, if you do recruit this       |
    | character now, realize that this will make the game a bit too easy...       |
    o-----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    o------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Items                                                                  |
    | -----                                                                  |
    | Herb:     Enter the small cave and search the medicine cabinet inside. |
    |                                                                        |
    | W.Bell*:  Talk with Maiyoru and he'll happily hand it to you.          |
    o------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    
    Enter the small cave and talk with Maiyoru.  He'll be happy that 
    Grandpa is all right, and gladly gives you the Whale Bell.  Now, exit the 
    cave and face the shoreline.  Press the A BUTTON on the Controller and you 
    should hear a ringing sound.  This is the Whale Bell in action, and it's 
    calling Grandpa.  Now you can ride Grandpa through the oceans of Breath of 
    Fire II.
    
    By this point in time in the game, you should have leveled up Jean enough so 
    that he's learned the spell, "Warp."  Warp is one of the most useful spells 
    in the entire game because it can instantly warp you back to any town you've 
    visited.  This means that you won't have to ride Grandpa to go back to places 
    like Windia and TownShip.  If Jean hasn't learned Warp yet, it would be a 
    good idea for you to go somewhere, like near W.Cape, and level him up to LV 14
    so he learns it.
    
    Your next goal is to find the castle town called Tunlan, which Tree and Ton 
    mentioned earlier.  From the shore of Whale Beach, head south until bumping 
    into some land.  Then go east until reaching an island all by itself.  There 
    should be a circus, as well as a town with a shore you can park Grandpa at.  
    This is where Tunlan is.  Enter the circus first, though.
    
                     o-----------------------------------------------o
                     |!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!|
                     |!!!.---------------------------------------.!!!|
                     |!!!|                                       |!!!|
                     |!!!|              Scenario 11              |!!!|
                     |!!!| An Uparupa in Exchange for a Grassman |!!!|
                     |!!!|                                       |!!!|
                     |!!!.---------------------------------------.!!!|
                     |!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!|
                     o-----------------------------------------------o
    
    o-------------o
    | 51.  Circus |
    o-------------o
    o------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Bow, Katt, Jean |
    | Level:  18                   |
    | Items:  None                 |
    o------------------------------o
    
    Talk to the man at the counter and he'll tell you about a Grass Man that's 
    about to be eaten by a demon.  Pay the 100 coins he asks you to so you can 
    see the event for yourself.
    
    Keep heading up, past all the demons locked up in their cages, and talk with 
    the spectators along the way.  You should finally see the Grass Man locked in 
    a large cage with a man named "Chief" standing in front.  Talk to him.
    
    Chief will boast about how spectacular of a show it will be when the demon 
    eats the Grass Man.  Chief asks you if you're looking forward to the show-- 
    say no.  Chief then asks you if you want to stop the show--say yes.
    
    Chief tells you that he'll only stop the show if you bring him either 900,000 
    Coins or an Uparupa.  Obviously, unless you're using a Game Genie or have 
    spent an unheard-of amount of time building up coins, you won't have enough 
    to pay him the 900,000 he's asking.  However, you can still save the Grass 
    Man if you can find an Uparupa.  Exit out of the circus by heading north and
    going to the split in the left part of the screen.
    
    Now, your next destination is the "Uparupa Cave."  Before going though, it 
    might be a good idea to switch up your party members.  (You can use the 
    dragon shrine to the right of the entrance inside Tunlan.)  Bring your two 
    most powerful members, and definitely put Jean in so you can warp back to 
    Tunlan once you're through with the Uparupa Cave.
    
    Directions to the Uparupa Cave:  Starting from the Tunlan island, ride Grandpa
    and head north (going around the island) until you bump into some land on a new
    continent.  Now go east past this continent and past any islands you may see
    along the way.  You will reach the first continent in the game that you
    visited, and you should probably see TownShip.  Just go northeast hugging
    across the edge of this continent and then go east past a mountain cave south
    of you.  You should see a bridge now, and under the bridge lies a cave in the
    wall against the water near the shallow water and rocks.  Enter this cave and
    you will have found Uparupa Cave.
    
                                           *
    
    o-------------------o
    | 52.  Uparupa Cave |
    o-------------------o
    o-------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Katt, Rand, Jean |
    | Level:  18                    |
    | Items:  4                     |
    o-------------------------------o
    o---------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Items                                                                     |
    | -----                                                                     |
    | Gold:      From the 1st room, go north for a treasure chest located on    |
    |            land and open it.                                              |
    |                                                                           |
    | QuartrST:  From the 1st room, go northwest and enter the opening for a    |
    |            treasure chest and open it.                                    |
    |                                                                           |
    | OceanRB:   From the 2nd room, go up and enter the next room and down for  |
    |            a treasure chest.                                              |
    |                                                                           |
    | OwlFruit:  Talk to one of the hunters and he'll sell it to you for 1000C. |
    o---------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    
    From the entrance, there will be three openings you can proceed to:  one to 
    the left--on land, one in the middle--through water, and one to the right--
    through water.  The one to the left leads you to a treasure chest, the one in
    the middle is just a dead end, and the one to the right leads you further into 
    the cave; so enter the right opening.
    
    In the next room, head up a bit, and you'll be able to either go up or down.  
    Going down will lead you to a treasure chest, so head up into the next room.
    
    Talk with the Uparupa Hunters and they'll provide you with some helpful 
    information.  Pay the 200 coins, and listen to what one of the hunters tells 
    you.  Also, buy the Uparupa feed (OwlFruit) from the last hunter up top for
    1000 coins.  Enter the next room.
    
    In this room, you'll notice a lot of eyes lurking in the small holes.  Each 
    hole has an Uparupa inside.  Find the nearest Uparupa and catch one.  
    Remember what one of the hunters told you just now about how to catch an 
    Uparupa?  Here's how you catch an Uparupa:
    
    To catch an Uparupa, you have to place the "feed" in front of the hole, hide, 
    and then wait for the Uparupa to come out.  To hide, just stand four or five 
    steps away from the Uparupa hiding place, and wait for it to come out.  Let 
    it eat the food, and immediately after it finishes, walk up to it and catch 
    it.  You'll now end up in a fight.  (If you messed up, waited too long, and 
    let the Uparupa eat the feed, skip the next boss and continue reading.)
    
    Extremely important note:  There are two special Uparupas that can be caught.  
    Please see Section 38 for a map showing you the two special ones.  If you do 
    not catch the two special Uparupas you will have to go through another scenario 
    in which you must go back and get more OwlFruits from the Owl Woods and fight a 
    boss.  You do not have to fight this boss at all if you decide to get the 
    "right" Uparupas, and you can skip to rescuing Spar immediately.  However, this 
    walkthrough would like to guide you through each possible scenario the game 
    has, so I will be assuming you do not feed the right Uparupa.  (If you do feed 
    the right one, skip the next few sections.)
    
    ##################
    # Boss Battle 20 #
    # Uparupa        #
    ##################
    
    Have Ryu cast his dragon power, and have everyone else attack.  It should die
    in the first round of fighting.  Be careful, it can counterattack you if you
    attack it normally for some noticeable damage.  However if you cast spells on
    it, it won't counterattack you.  And it will not attack you unless you attack
    it first.
    
    Unfortunately, it seems the Uparupa you just caught disappeared.  Not only 
    that, but you just wasted your only Uparupa feed, so you'll have to find some 
    more.  A place called the "Owl Woods" is said to have some feed.
    
    Owl Woods is west of Windia.  To get there, though, you have to go through a 
    lodge sitting all by itself on the map.  you've probably already entered it 
    earlier in the game (see Section 23 in the walkthrough).  The lodge will be
    locked at nighttime, so make sure you enter during the day.  Head north of the
    house to reach Owl Woods.
    
    Before going to Owl Woods, note that you will be fighting a very hard boss.
    I would rank it as probably one of the top three or so bosses in the
    entire game (in relation to your level).  It would be a good idea to go to
    Hekkeller's shop in TownShip, and buy whatever fire equipment you can for your
    party.  Then buy a couple of WFruits, which restore 20 AP, from any town's item
    shop, as you'll need them to recast Ryu's dragon's powers, and finally, level
    up Ryu to about LV 20.  It'd be a good idea to level up some of your other
    characters, too of course.
    
                                           *
    
    o----------------o
    | 53.  Owl Woods |
    o----------------o
    o-------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Katt, Rand, Jean |
    | Level:  20                    |
    | Items:  5                     |
    o-------------------------------o
    o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Items                                                                      |
    | -----                                                                      |
    | OwlFruit X 5:  After defeating Algernon, pick and take one from the plant. |
    o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    
    As you head up, you'll hear some singing.  Pay no attention, and keep heading 
    up.  You'll find a girl all by herself and she'll seem happy that you came 
    all this way to hear her sing.  You'll now enter a fight with her and a few 
    of her "friends."
    
    #################################
    # Boss Battle 21                #
    # Algernon, Danielle, and Suiky #
    #################################
    
    This is the hardest battle in the game so far.  Danielle will cast Cure 2 on
    Algernon to help her recover 100 HP every round.  Suiky casts Thunder at the
    opening of every round of combat, which knocks off a good 30 to 40 points of
    damage to the entire party.  Not only that, but Algernon can do an attack which
    knocks off 40 points of damage to everyone.
    
    First, have Ryu immediately cast his dragon power to defeat both Danielle and
    Suiky, and put up a good amount of damage against Algernon.  Next, have your
    two slowest members (Rand should be one of them) use WFruits on Ryu.  This is
    how it should work in real time:  Ryu casts his dragon powers, bringing his AP
    down to 0, then the two slow members should use WFruits after Ryu uses his
    dragon power, so that by the start of the next round, Ryu can cast his dragon
    power at full strength.  If Danielle and Suiky don't come back to battle in the
    next round of combat, use this time to cure everyone by using Cure 2 and
    HelpBLs.  You shouldn't have Ryu cast his dragon powers on just Algernon, so
    wait until Danielle and Suiky come back, and then cast it to kill them again.
    Keep repeating this process, and eventually, you'll defeat Algernon and the
    fight will be over.
    
    Congratulations, you have just defeated one of the hardest bosses in Breath of
    Fire II.
    
    Once the fight is finished, the girl will vanish and you'll be able to grab 
    all the OwlFruits for yourself.  Take them all, and leave Owl Woods.  Rest up 
    at an inn in any of the towns by having Jean cast Warp.
    
    Now it's time to go back to the Uparupa Cave.
    
                                           *
    
    o-------------------o
    | 54.  Uparupa Cave |
    o-------------------o
    o-------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Katt, Rand, Jean |
    | Level:  20                    |
    | Items:  3                     |
    o-------------------------------o
    o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Note!                                                             |
    | -----                                                             |
    | It isn't possible to get, both, the Uparupa and BusterSD/CharmSH. |
    o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
    o---------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Items                                                                     |
    | -----                                                                     |
    | BusterSD:  Let a Special Uparupa go, and a treasure chest will appear in  |
    |            front of you; open it.                                         |
    |                                                                           |
    | CharmSH:   Get the BusterSD, re-enter the room, and find the 2nd treasure |
    |            chest in same spot and then open it.                           |
    |                                                                           |
    | Uparupa*:  Keep a Special Uparupa when asked if you wish to let it free.  |
    o---------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    
    With the OwlFruits you obtained from Owl Woods in hand, go back to the 
    Uparupa hiding places.  You've been here before, but here's a basic map of 
    how the room looks like, and where each hiding place is.  Study the map so 
    that you understand which Uparupa hiding places yield the Special Uparupas.
    
    o---------------------------------------------------------o
    |                Uparupa Hiding Places Map                |
    |                -------------------------                |
    |                 ___         ___    ___                  |
    |                /_C_\       /_D_\  /_E_\                 |
    |                                                         |
    |        ___                                              |
    |       /_B_\                                        ___  |
    |             |-|                                   /_H_\ |
    |  ___        |-|                                         |
    | /_A_\       |-|                                    |-|  |
    |                                                    |-|  |
    |                                   ___          ___ |-|  |
    |                                  /_F_\        /_G_\|-|  |
    |                                                         |
    |                       |-|         |-|                   |
    |                       |-|         |-|                   |
    |                       |-|         |-|                   |
    |                                                         |
    |                                                         |
    |                                  START                  |
    |                                                         |
    o---------------------------------------------------------o
    
    There are eight Uparupa hiding places.  Of all eight, only two Uparupas can 
    be caught.  Whenever you try catching the other six, they'll just disappear 
    as you have already found out earlier.  The two special Uparupas can be found 
    in hiding places "B" and "E."  It doesn't matter which one of the two you 
    decide to catch.
    
    Simply place an OwlFruit in front of the hiding place, and catch an Uparupa 
    like you did before.  You'll now enter a fight with an Uparupa.
    
    After you defeat the Uparupa, the game asks you if you will let the Uparupa 
    free.  If the game doesn't ask you this, then you didn't catch either of the 
    two Special Uparupas.
    
    This is a very important decision you have to make.  If you say yes--let the 
    Uparupa free--then you will end up getting two treasure chests, which contain 
    a "BusterSD" and a "CharmSH."  You get the first chest after letting the 
    Uparupa go.  To get the second chest, you have to exit the room, and then 
    reenter it.  The second chest will appear exactly where the first chest was--
    as if you never opened the first chest to begin with.
    
    If you say no--keep the Uparupa--then you wind up with the special item, 
    "Uparupa."  This item won't benefit you in any way.
    
    Now, you really should let the Uparupa free, and get those two treasure 
    chests instead.  Though you were supposed to either bring an Uparupa or 
    900,000 coins to the Chief--back at the Circus near Tunlan--if you go to him 
    without anything, then you'll still be able to progress the game the same way 
    you would have if you brought an Uparupa.
    
                                           *
    
    o-------------o
    | 55.  Circus |
    o-------------o
    o-------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Katt, Rand, Jean |
    | Level:  20                    |
    | Items:  None                  |
    o-------------------------------o
    
    Pay the 100 coins and talk to Chief once more.  Now, things will be 
    different depending on what you just did at the Uparupa Cave.
    
    If you let the Uparupa free, then you should see the following choices:  
    Money, Uparupa, I'll give you nothing!!
    
    If you brought either the Uparupa or the money, then these are the choices:  
    Money, Uparupa, Not yet
    
    Select "I'll give you nothing!!" if you let the Uparupa free.  If you brought 
    the money or the Uparupa, select that choice.  Whatever you choose, Chief 
    will still go back on his word, turn into a demon, and fight you.
    
    ##################
    # Boss Battle 22 #
    # M.C.Tusk       #
    ##################
    
    Have Ryu open up casting his dragon powers.  Rand and Katt should always
    attack.  Jean should attack or use curative items if someone needs it.  Be
    careful, and try to end this fight as soon as possible by having your most
    powerful characters continue to attack M.C. Tusk.  He will probably do an
    attack that causes around 50 points of damage to the entire party, but that
    shouldn't be a problem since he should be almost dead by that time.
    
    Once you defeat M.C.Tusk, Ryu will try to open the gate for the Grass Man.  
    It doesn't budge, but the Grass Man comes out another way.  The party 
    questions him for not getting out on his own earlier, but he says it was all 
    a part of his plan.  "Spar" was waiting for people like you, who could sense 
    that something awful was about to occur in the world.
    
    Spar says that it might be a good idea to visit the "Great Wise Tree," which 
    is located in the "Big Sea of Trees" to the west of Tunlan.  Spar tells you 
    that you can only enter the Big Sea of Trees if he is in the party.  Make 
    sure you put Spar in your current party and head off.  If you're itching to 
    switch up your entire party altogether, then go to Tunlan, and from the 
    entrance, go right until finding a dragon shrine.  You should make a quick
    stop to TownShip before you proceed any further with the story, however.
    
                                           *
    
    o---------------o
    | 56.  TownShip |
    o---------------o
    o------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Bow, Jean, Spar |
    | Level:  20                   |
    | Items:  None                 |
    o------------------------------o
    
    What could be so important for you to postpone your journey?  Now that you
    have Spar in the party, you should try uniting him with a shaman.  Since he's
    required to be in the party you want to make him as powerful as possible.
    
    Here are the current shaman combinations available for Spar (just one):
    
    Character     Shaman     Bonuses                            Appearance
    =========     ======     =======                            ==========
    Spar          Seso       +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Sprite
    
    As you can see from the table, Spar will transform into one nice character
    if you unite him with the Water Shaman, Seso!  His Sprite form provides many
    benefits, but perhaps the biggest is the large amount of AP you gain.  With
    a Seso bonded Spar, you will most likely never have to worry about
    running out of Herbs or curative items while on a long journey!
    
    Once you're prepared, warp back to Tunlan and call Grandpa. Head west from
    Tunlan until bumping into some land.  Then head north and get off Grandpa at
    the shoreline.  You've been here before.  Now, from the shoreline, head west a
    little more and you should see a bunch of trees all over the place.  With Spar
    in the lead of the marching order, have him walk through the forest until
    finding a long, skinny-like tree a little to the south.  Enter the tree.
    
                  o-------------------------------------------------o
                  |!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!|
                  |!!!.-----------------------------------------.!!!|
                  |!!!|                                         |!!!|
                  |!!!|               Scenario 12               |!!!|
                  |!!!| A Quest to Refresh an Old Tree's Memory |!!!|
                  |!!!|                                         |!!!|
                  |!!!.-----------------------------------------.!!!|
                  |!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!|
                  o-------------------------------------------------o
    
    o----------------------o
    | 57.  Great Wise Tree |
    o----------------------o
    o------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Bow, Jean, Spar |
    | Level:  20                   |
    | Items:  None                 |
    o------------------------------o
    
    You'll meet up with the Great Wise Tree, and Spar will try talking to it.  It 
    won't answer for a while but it finally responds to Spar.  The Great Wise 
    Tree tells you that its memory is gone and the only way to get it back is to 
    go to Tunlan and retrieve the "Therapy Pillow."
    
    Tunlan is that town that was near the circus where you just got Spar, so you 
    shouldn't have any problems finding it.  Have Jean warp you there or go back
    via Grandpa.
    
                                           *
    
    o-------------o
    | 58.  Tunlan |
    o-------------o
    o------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Bow, Jean, Spar |
    | Level:  20                   |
    | Items:  2                    |
    o------------------------------o
    o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Items                                                                      |
    | -----                                                                      |
    | Vtmn:   After the 3rd stairs, enter the left door and search the medicine  |
    |         cabinet.                                                           |
    |                                                                            |
    | Tolen:  After the 3rd stairs, enter the right door and search medicine     |
    |         cabinet.                                                           |
    o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    
    As you talk to the residents in Tunlan, you'll notice that you can't 
    understand them.  Talk to the man near the entrance standing still, and he'll 
    tell you that you need a musical instrument called the "Famous Flute," from a 
    place called "Highfort," to understand the language of Tunlan.  
    Unfortunately, he doesn't say where Highfort actually is.
    
    Use the dragon shrine to the right of the entrance of Tunlan and switch 
    characters.  Make sure you add Jean and Sten to your party if they aren't 
    already.  Make sure you level up Sten to at least LV 17, if he isn't any 
    higher, since you'll need him to be as powerful as possible.  Don't worry 
    about buying him any powerful equipment; just level him up.
    
    To get to Highfort, have Jean warp to TownShip.  Call Grandpa to the shoreline
    south of TownShip, and move due south until spotting another shoreline.
    Stop there, and you'll be on a new continent with a small house to the left.
    Though you don't have to, enter the house if you wish.
    
                 o---------------------------------------------------o
                 |!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!|
                 |!!!.-------------------------------------------.!!!|
                 |!!!|                                           |!!!|
                 |!!!|                Scenario 13                |!!!|
                 |!!!| Quest Leg 1:  To Highfort to Find a Flute |!!!|
                 |!!!|                                           |!!!|
                 |!!!.-------------------------------------------.!!!|
                 |!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!|
                 o---------------------------------------------------o
    
    o--------------o
    | 59.  (House) |
    o--------------o
    o-------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Katt, Sten, Jean |
    | Level:  20                    |
    | Items:  None                  |
    o-------------------------------o
    
    There are no items to be found here unfortunately.  Exit the house.  Activate
    Jean's special power to turn into a gigantic frog, and go east, past some high
    cliffs, until reaching a castle town.  This is Highfort, so enter it inside.
    
                                           *
    
    o---------------o
    | 60.  Highfort |
    o---------------o
    o-------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Katt, Sten, Jean |
    | Level:  20                    |
    | Items:  13                    |
    o-------------------------------o
    o-----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Note!                                                                       |
    | -----                                                                       |
    | "Sten1" refers to after the party falls down, when overhearing the war      |
    | meeting.                                                                    |
    |                                                                             |
    | "Sten2" refers to after Sten fights Trubo and after they split up to find   |
    | the princess.                                                               |
    |                                                                             |
    | "Party1" refers to after Sten falls down and regroups with the party.       |
    |                                                                             |
    | "Party2" refers to after you diffuse the force field on the door.           |
    o-----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    o-----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Items                                                                       |
    | -----                                                                       |
    | Extract:   As Sten1, go down the stairs, into the dungeon area, and open    |
    |            the treasure chest.                                              |
    |                                                                             |
    | MothDR:    As Sten1, go down the stairs, into the dungeon area, and open    |
    |            the treasure chest.                                              |
    |                                                                             |
    | QuickCL:   As Sten1, go down the stairs, into the dungeon area, and open    |
    |            the treasure chest.                                              |
    |                                                                             |
    | Tolen:     As Sten2, go into the left passageway and open the treasure      |
    |            chest.                                                           |
    |                                                                             |
    | D.Earing:  As Sten2, go into the left passageway and open the treasure      |
    |            chest.                                                           |
    |                                                                             |
    | 1000C:     As Sten2, go through the left stairs in the 2nd part of the      |
    |            dungeon for a treasure chest and open it.                        |
    |                                                                             |
    | NinjaDR:   As Sten2, when you reach three ways going up, choose the western |
    |            path for a treasure chest and open it.                           |
    |                                                                             |
    | CloakKN:   As Sten2, when you reach three ways going up, choose the eastern |
    |            path for a treasure chest and open it.                           |
    |                                                                             |
    | 1000C:     As Sten2, after the three ways going up room, go left and open   |
    |            the treasure chest.                                              |
    |                                                                             |
    | MoonMask:  As Party1, at the 2nd floor of the maze, enter the door and step |
    |            on the tile for a treasure chest and open it.                    |
    |                                                                             |
    | Collar:    As Party2, when finding 2 stairs, enter the western one to find  |
    |            a treasure chest and open it.                                    |
    |                                                                             |
    | Tolen:     As Party2, when finding 2 stairs, enter the western one to find  |
    |            a treasure chest and open it.                                    |
    |                                                                             |
    | F.Flute*:  After escaping the machine safely, the princess gives it to you. |
    o-----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    
    Make sure you enter during the daytime because the guard won't let you pass if 
    it's night.  Once inside, have Sten in the lead of the marching order and 
    activate his special power by pressing the Y BUTTON the Controller to cross 
    to the other side.  As you continue, it becomes evident that Highfort is 
    really Sten's hometown.  Sten asks you if you really have to continue onward, 
    as if to say he really doesn't want to visit Highfort.  Say yes because this 
    is supposedly where the Famous Flute you're looking for is.  Continue, and 
    enter the door.
    
    The gate guard, "Gayne," tells you that only Highlanders may enter.  However, 
    Gayne recognizes Sten and calls him "Chief Sten."  Sten gets a little 
    embarrassed by the title, and feels he doesn't deserve it because he ran away 
    from battle during the "Goonheim War."  Sten asks Gayne of "Trubo," whom he 
    believes is the real hero since he fought till the end of the war--unlike 
    Sten.  Gayne tells Sten that Trubo would be looking forward to seeing him 
    again.  Sten says that he couldn't possibly face Trubo again, for fear of 
    what he might say to him.  It seems something happened between Sten and Trubo 
    in the past.
    
    In any event, Sten decides to leave the party and tells them to find the 
    Famous Flute themselves since he has his own problems.  As Sten goes down the 
    stairs to the lower floor, Gayne decides to allow you to stay at Highfort 
    since you're Sten's friends.
    
    Now that you have control of the party, you might want to go down the stairs 
    and talk with Sten.  He'll say, "Please...  Ok," as if to say you should 
    leave him alone.  Head back up the stairs and enter the doorway to the north.  
    Keep going up until reaching two guards that tell you that you'll be trouble 
    if you go inside the next room where the war meeting plan is being held.  
    Ignore them, and continue into the next room.
    
    You'll overhear the plans of "Shupkay," who seems to be the one in command of 
    Highfort.  After her commanders finish talking about the dilemma they're 
    facing with their troops and units, you'll show yourself to Shupkay, who 
    tells you that you shouldn't be in here.  The floor you're standing on 
    suddenly is gone, and you fall down.  The scene switches to Sten, who wonders 
    what's taking Ryu and company so long to get the Famous Flute.  One of the 
    guards asks Sten where his friends are, and Sten starts to worry and decides 
    to look for them himself.  The guard warns Sten to look out for Shupkay.  The 
    guard explains that Shupkay is the general of Highfort.
    
    You should now be able to control Sten.  Head down the stairs you see nearby, 
    and you'll now be in a dungeon area where you'll have to do some battling.  
    If your Sten isn't powerful enough to defeat them, just run away whenever you 
    get into any trouble.
    
    Go down the next stairs and you should be in a room with three treasure 
    chests.  Make sure you open them all and equip Sten with the "MothDR" and 
    "QuickCL," as they should increase his offense and defense substantially.
    
    Exit this dungeon area and go back upstairs where you met with Gayne, 
    earlier.  Buy a few HelpBLs from the item shop, and rest up at the inn.  Save 
    using the dragon shrine when you're all prepared.  Go into the north doorway, 
    and as you continue, you'll overhear Trubo talking.  Trubo, up at the top of 
    the tower, will spot Sten and tell him he has some nerve to come back to 
    Highfort.  Trubo tells Sten he has no idea what it's been like for him ever 
    since he ran away, and gets angry with Sten--so angry, that he decides to 
    drop down from the tower and fight him.
    
    This isn't a real fight.  Have Sten use HelpBLs on himself from the beginning 
    of the battle so that he cures himself after Trubo attacks him.  After about 
    four rounds of Trubo hitting you, Trubo stops.  Sten asks Trubo if he's still 
    angry with him, and Trubo says yes.  Trubo tells Sten that he's angry with 
    him because the "princess" chose Sten over Trubo.  Trubo gets really, really, 
    angry and calls Sten a "fat pig!"  Not only that, but the bridge collapses 
    and Trubo challenges Sten to three rounds of battling as they fall down.  Get 
    ready; this time the fight is for real.
    
    ##################
    # Boss Battle 23 #
    # Torubo         #
    ##################
    
    Note: Yep, Capcom renamed Trubo "Torubo" by accident.  It's a Japanese thing.
    
    You have three rounds to defeat Torubo, and if you don't, you'll lose the fight
    so there is no other option.  For starters, you might want to open up by having
    Sten use a HelpBL if his HP is below 80.  Have him cast the Flame spell to do
    the most damage to Torubo.  All you have to do is have Sten cast Flame twice to
    win the battle--it's that easy.
    
    After the fight is over, Sten and Trubo both fall down into the water.  Sten 
    takes Trubo out to land.  Trubo awakens after Sten asks how he's doing and 
    Trubo doesn't seem to want to fight Sten anymore.  Anyway, Trubo explains to 
    Sten that ever since he left, that general woman named Shupkay has been 
    controlling Highfort to her own liking.  Trubo further explains that Shupkay 
    is up to something evil, and is after the "powers" of Highfort, and that it 
    could involve the princess.  Sten gets worried and asks Trubo to give out the 
    details.  He tells Sten that there are two paths to the princess, so they 
    decide to split up.  Trubo will take the upper passage and Sten will take the 
    left passage.
    
    Once you have control of Sten again, enter the doorway directly to your north 
    (the one Trubo just entered) and recover your HP and AP by drinking from the 
    water fountain inside.  It might be a good idea to save using the dragon 
    shrine, too.  Once you're done, exit and go left like you're supposed to.  
    Activate Sten's special power to cross the bridge, and then head up some.
    
    You should now be in a dungeon-like area.  Go up the stairs and you'll notice 
    three ways going up.  The westernmost way is just a dead end.  The middle and 
    easternmost ways lead to two treasure chests.  Head downright and up the two 
    sets of stairways to reach the next part of the dungeon.
    
    If you're at the right place, you should be hearing some new music (which is 
    the music you usually hear whenever you were in a dungeon in the game).  You 
    can either go west or east--both ways lead to stairs.  The western stairs take 
    you to a treasure chest, but also a dead end.  Enter the eastern stairs to
    continue with the dungeon.  Activate Sten's special power to cross the passage,
    and go up the next stairs.
    
    In this part of the dungeon, there will be four different stairways.  Three 
    of them lead to dead ends.  From left to right, this is how it should look 
    like:
    
    o--------------------o
    |  4 Stairways Map   |
    |  ---------------   |
    |                    |
    |                    |
    | |_|  |_|  |_|  |_| |
    | |1|  |2|  |3|  |4| |
    |                    |
    |       START        |
    |                    |
    o--------------------o
    
    Stairway 3 is the one you want to enter.  Go up the next flight of stairs and 
    enter the last doorway along the path.  Step on the red flashing tile and 
    you'll warp to a different part of the dungeon.  Go up the stairs and you'll 
    be back at the castle, this time behind everything.  Go down the stairs to 
    the left and step on the next red flashing tile.
    
    You'll be transported to, yet, another part of the dungeon.  Now you should 
    see three different paths going north.  The west and east paths lead to
    treasure chests and the middle one takes you further into the dungeon.  After
    crossing the middle path, you'll see two paths you can go, west, or east.  The
    western path takes you to a treasure chest.  The eastern path leads you further
    into the dungeon.
    
    You'll eventually stumble into Shupkay and the princess.  Shupkay wants the 
    princess to help her retrieve the "power" from the castle, but the princess 
    refuses.  Shupkay and the princess then notice Sten, and just like she did 
    before, Shupkay makes the floor Sten is standing on disappear and he falls 
    down.  Sten falls down exactly where the rest of the party is.  You now can 
    control everyone from here on out, and you realize that you must defeat 
    Shupkay.
    
    Once you have control of the party, head north until reaching a grill-like 
    path, which appears to be a maze.  There's only one possible way you can go, 
    with a few dead ends along the way.  Once you reach the 2nd floor of the 
    maze, continue until finding a doorway.  Enter it, and drink from the water 
    fountain inside to recover your HP and AP from all the battling you've done 
    thus far.  Step on the red flashing tile to warp to a small room with a 
    treasure chest.  Open the treasure chest for a "MoonMask," and have Sten equip
    it immediately since it should boost his defense quite a bit.  Go back outside
    the doorway and go back into the maze.  Find the stairs that is going up and
    enter it.  You should now reach three red flashing tiles:  one on the left, one
    in the middle, and one to the right.  The left and right tiles warp you back to 
    areas you've already been to, so don't step on them.  The middle tile is the 
    one that takes you further into the dungeon.
    
    You'll warp to a new part in the dungeon, and find Trubo.  Trubo tells you 
    that there's a force field on the door nearby, and, unexpectedly, Sten 
    punches Trubo for calling him a big shot.  Once you have control of the 
    party, definitely make sure Ryu has full AP and everyone else have full HP.  
    Press the A BUTTON on the Controller while in front of the gate to fight a 
    boss called Portal.
    
    ##################
    # Boss Battle 24 #
    # Portal         #
    ##################
    
    At first, it may seem hard, but as the battle progresses, its attack pattern
    will be a bit more forgiving and it won't seem as deadly as earlier.  Have Ryu
    open up by casting his dragon power, and everyone else attack.  Katt should be
    the one that cures everyone by using HelpBLs, since she's the fastest.  Keep
    attacking it, and it'll eventually die.  Use HelpBLs whenever you need them.
    Be careful of its Typhoon spell, which will do about 70 points of damage to
    each of your party members.
    
    After defeating Portal, the force field disappears and the door explodes.  
    Trubo gets back up and tells you that the control room should be destroyed.  
    Talk with him again, and he'll tell you that you should go find the princess 
    and he'll take care of the control room.  Continue onward.
    
    Keep going up the stairs, and ignore the red flashing tile.  When you reach 
    two stairways you can enter, entering the western one will lead you to two
    treasure chests.  Enter the eastern stairs to continue with the dungeon.
    Continue until reaching the next stairway.  Before going up, realize that
    you're about to fight with Shupkay, so make sure Ryu has full AP, and everyone
    has full HP.  Go up the stairs.
    
    You'll stumble into Shupkay and the princess.  Shupkay has tied the princess 
    up to a weird-looking machine, and is trying to channel her energy so she can 
    "revive" the castle.  The princess asks Shupkay to kill her, since she would 
    rather die than to have anything to do with what Shupkay wants.  Sten jumps 
    in, and says that what she's doing isn't very lady-like.  Shupkay decides 
    that if she can kill Sten in front of the princess, her sadness would be all 
    the energy she'd need from her.  Get ready.
    
    ##################
    # Boss Battle 25 #
    # Shupukay       #
    ##################
    
    Open up with Ryu casting his dragon power.  Everyone else should simply attack.
    Keep attacking Shupukay, even when things may look dismal, because she doesn't
    have too much HP.  If you don't give up, and continue to attack, you should
    defeat her soon enough.  Have Katt and Jean use HelpBLs whenever needed.
    
    After you defeat Shupukay, she threatens to use her own powers to revive the 
    castle, and finally you realize what her plans were--to make a flying 
    fortress.  Fortunately, a barrier isn't allowing Shupkay to do that.  The 
    scene switches to Trubo, and he keeps pounding on the control until it starts 
    vibrating.  The scene switches back to Shupkay and the party, and the energy 
    is beginning to go backwards.  Everything starts shaking and Shupkay and the 
    machine explode.  You barely escape and reach an elevator.  The only problem 
    is that you need one person to operate the elevator.  Sten opts to do it, and 
    asks everyone else to enter the elevator while he does all the tinkering.  
    The party escapes safely and the scene switches back to the throne room in 
    the castle.
    
    After everyone tells you that Sten should be all right and well, the princess 
    finally gives you what you were after the whole time--the Famous Flute.  The 
    princess asks you to tell Sten, the next time you see him, not to overdo it 
    and to stay safe.  Trubo decides to escort you out of the castle.  (But you 
    still have to control your party and get out, yourself.)
    
    Talk with Trubo as he's standing right in front of the exit of the room with 
    the dragon shrine.  He'll let you all go.  As you're just about to leave 
    Highfort, you find Sten.  Sten and Trubo chat about what happened in the 
    Goonheim War, and how Sten is still alive after all that just happened.  
    Trubo ends the conversation on a good note, and tells Sten that he and the 
    princess will be waiting for him to come back and visit.  Now, Sten won't be 
    afraid to come back to Highfort anymore.  Leave Highfort with the Famous 
    Flute in hand.
    
    It would be a terrific idea for you to put Spar and Bow in your current party 
    at this point in the game.  They're both probably low on levels, compared to 
    everyone else, and could use some more experience.
    
    Next stop:  Tunlan.  Look at the map by pressing the SELECT BUTTON on the 
    Controller, and see if you can spot where Tunlan is, in case you can't find 
    it.  Alternatively, you can always put Jean in the party and have him warp 
    there for you.
    
                  o-------------------------------------------------o
                  |!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!|
                  |!!!.-----------------------------------------.!!!|
                  |!!!|                                         |!!!|
                  |!!!|               Scenario 14               |!!!|
                  |!!!| Quest Leg 2:  To Tunlan to Cure a Queen |!!!|
                  |!!!|                                         |!!!|
                  |!!!.-----------------------------------------.!!!|
                  |!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!|
                  o-------------------------------------------------o
    
    o-------------o
    | 61.  Tunlan |
    o-------------o
    o------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Bow, Nina, Spar |
    | Level:  23                   |
    | Items:  None                 |
    o------------------------------o
    
    Now that you have the Famous Flute, talk with all the residents.  You'll 
    understand that the queen is quite sick, but most of the people don't have 
    much sympathy for her since she's so mean.  Check inside the castle and go to 
    the top floor.  Talk to the two Tunlan residents standing next to the queen, 
    and they'll tell you about someone named "Old Man Gedd."  It seems like this 
    "Gedd" person is the only one who can save the queen.  The problem is, that 
    the queen banished Gedd for being so cruel to women, and sent him to a small 
    island.  Your goal, now, is to find Gedd so he can help you save the queen.
    
    Before heading off, check out the armory in town and buy some equipment for 
    Spar and Bow.  They both probably have some outdated equipment by this 
    point in the game.
    
    Gedd can be found in a mountain called "Mt.Maori."  Mt.Maori is located 
    on a lone island (about the same size as the island Tunlan is located on) 
    northeast of Tunlan.  If you're having trouble finding it, warp to HomeTown, 
    and it's just a tad north of it.  Make sure you bring at least one female 
    with you--Nina, Katt, or a Seso-bonded Spar (Sprite).  A normal Spar 
    doesn't count as a female.
    
                                           *
    
    o---------------o
    | 62.  Mt.Maori |
    o---------------o
    o------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Bow, Nina, Spar |
    | Level:  23                   |
    | Items:  None                 |
    o------------------------------o
    
    Once inside, enter the cave opening.  You should see some clear water you can 
    drink from to regain your HP and AP.  Take this opportunity and bring your 
    weakest characters--which, are probably Spar, Nina, and Bow--and build up a 
    couple levels for them so that their levels are within a respectable range of
    some of your more powerful characters.  To make the battles a whole lot easier,
    just have Ryu cast his dragon power, and then keep restoring your AP from the
    clear water after every battle.
    
    Once you're through with that, enter the next room.  Approach the old man 
    standing in the middle of the room and he'll say that he'll only talk to 
    "pretty girls."  This old man is actually Gedd--the old man you've been 
    looking for.  To get Gedd to talk some more, you have to have a female 
    character in the lead of the marching order and then talk to him, or else 
    he'll just continue to say the same thing repeatedly.
    
    You explain to Gedd that you need his help to save the queen of Tunlan 
    (although he says "princess," it may be an error on the game's part).  Gedd 
    first backs off, and remembers that he got fired by the queen.  However, Gedd 
    decides to help the queen only if one of your female members kisses him.  If 
    you brought Katt, she'll just pound Gedd with her stick until it hurts.  If 
    you brought Nina, she'll blush and Gedd will feel guilty for asking for a 
    kiss.  Gedd now joins your party, but technically, he can't fight with you or 
    show himself while he walks with you.  Head back to Tunlan.
    
                                           *
    
    o-------------o
    | 63.  Tunlan |
    o-------------o
    o------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Bow, Nina, Spar |
    | Level:  24                   |
    | Items:  1                    |
    o------------------------------o
    o-----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Items                                                                       |
    | -----                                                                       |
    | Letter*:  Bring Gedd to the queen, and after examining her, he gives it to  |
    |           you.                                                              |
    o-----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    
    Enter the queen's room inside the castle.  As you enter her room, "Granny" 
    will begin to worry about the queen dearly.  Gedd and Granny begin to bicker 
    a little, and decide to call a truce for the queen's sake.  Gedd examines the 
    queen and realizes that she could be changing into a demon.  Gedd asks for 
    your help, and gives you a "Letter" to give to one of his assistants back at 
    Mt.Maori.  He needs special "equipment" which can only be found there.  
    The equipment he needs is listed in the letter.
    
    Before heading back to Mt.Maori, make sure you switch up your party 
    members at the nearest dragon shrine.  You must bring Sten with you for this 
    trip because you'll need his long arms to help you climb the mountain.
    
                                           *
    
    o---------------o
    | 64.  Mt.Maori |
    o---------------o
    o-------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Katt, Sten, Spar |
    | Level:  24                    |
    | Items:  9                     |
    o-------------------------------o
    o---------------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Note!                                                               |
    | -----                                                               |
    | "Waterfall Entrance" refers to the opening on the right side of the |
    | waterfall.  See below in the Items Box.                             |
    o---------------------------------------------------------------------o
    o-----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Items                                                                       |
    | -----                                                                       |
    | MoonDrop:   From the beginning, go west, up the stairs, then east and       |
    |             into the opening, and open the treasure chest.                  |
    |             chest.                                                          |
    |                                                                             |
    | ThornWP:    From the beginning, go west, into the opening and up two        |
    |             stairways and open the treasure chest.                          |
    |                                                                             |
    | CureAl:     From the beginning, go west, into the opening and up three      |
    |             stairways and open the treasure chest.                          |
    |                                                                             |
    | FlameSD:    From the waterfall Entrance, go up into the next room and       |
    |             open the treasure chest.                                        |
    |                                                                             |
    | HushRG:     From the waterfall Entrance, go up, then left into the exit and |
    |             fall down and open the treasure chest.                          |
    |                                                                             |
    | FlameSH:    From the waterfall Entrance, go up next couple of stairs and    |
    |             open the treasure chest.                                        |
    |                                                                             |
    | MagmaAR:    From the waterfall Entrance, go up the stairs and left into the |
    |             opening and open the treasure chest.                            |
    |                                                                             |
    | Mushroom*:  Grab the right mushroom from the top of mountain (see the map   |
    |             below).                                                         |
    |                                                                             |
    | Mirror:     The assistant gives this to you after you give him the          |
    |             Mushroom.                                                       |
    o-----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    
    Head back into the room where you first found Gedd, and you'll find his 
    "assistant" hopping in the middle of the room.  Approach him, and you'll hand 
    him the Letter you just got.  He'll tell you to go to the top of the mountain 
    and find a special type of "mushroom" that he shows you.
    
    Get back to the outside area of the mountain, and put Sten in the lead of the 
    marching order.  Have him use his long arms to help you grab on to the stakes 
    by activating his special power.  Go east and you'll find a cave opening as 
    well as a stairway leading up with some more stakes to grab onto, heading 
    east.  The next set of stakes lead you to a dead end with a treasure chest at
    the end.  Enter the opening.
    
    Head up the next set of stairways, getting the treasure chests along the way,
    and then go right into the next opening.
    
    You should now be outside, with a beautiful looking waterfall flowing.  
    Activate Sten's special power to grab onto the stake to get to the other side.  
    Enter the opening to the right.
    
    You should now be back inside the mountain.  Enter the opening directly above 
    you for a treasure chest, if you like.  Get back to the main room, and continue
    north.  If you go left, you'll enter an exit that takes you back outside of the 
    mountain, but behind the waterfall.  You'll be on a ledge.  Head as far left 
    as you can on the ledge, and then push down on the CONTROL PAD.  You should 
    fall down to another ledge with a treasure chest.  Fall down once more to get
    back to where you were earlier.
    
    Get back to the main room, and continue going up the stairways.  There's a 
    treasure chest on the right side, and a cave opening you can enter on the left
    side.  Enter the opening and get the treasure chest all the way to the right.
    Exit the opening, and you should be able to continue left.  Enter this opening
    and you'll be outside the mountain, and at the very top.  Here's a Map:
    
    o----------------------------------------------------o
    |                  Mt.Maori Top Map                  |
    |                  ----------------                  |
    |                  ___________                       |
    |                _/__________ \__                    |
    |            ___/ /          \_  \___                |
    |           |  __/             |     \               |
    |          / /   ______         \     \              |
    |         | |   /    b \__       |     \_            |
    |        _| |  |   a   c  |       \_     |_          |
    |       |  !|  |!______   |         |      \         |
    |       |    \____     \__|         |       |_       |
    |      _|         |^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^/          \      |
    |     |  |-|      |^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^/            |     |
    |     |  |-|      |^^^^^^^^^^^^^^|              \    |
    |    _|           |^^^^^^^^^^^^^^|               |   |
    |   |        |-|  |^^^^^^^^^^^^^^|               |   |
    |  _|        |-|  |^^^^^^^^^^^^^^|               |_  |
    | |  |-|      _   |^^^^^^^^^^^^^^|    _    |-|     | |
    | |  |-|     (_)  |^^^^^^^^^^^^^^|   (_)   |-|     | |
    |  --------------- ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ -----------------  |
    |                                                    |
    |        Get Mushroom "c"--ignore the others!        |                         
    o----------------------------------------------------o
    
    Ignore all the other mushrooms except the ones noted on the map (a, b, and 
    c).  While all three mushrooms are very similar, only one is the right 
    mushroom you need to bring to the assistant.  Activate Sten's special power to 
    grab onto the stake to reach the three mushrooms.  The mushroom you need to 
    pick is mushroom "c," the one farthest to the right on the small peninsula.
    
    If you grab the wrong mushroom, the game automatically sends you back to the 
    assistant, and you have to go all the way back to the top and get the right 
    one; so don't mess up!
    
    Once you grab the right mushroom, the game sends you back to the assistant.  
    The assistant gives you the equipment you need inside a treasure box that 
    drops out of nowhere.  Open it to get a "Mirror."
    
    Exit Mt.Maori, and head back to Tunlan with the Mirror in hand.
    
                                           *
    
    o-------------o
    | 65.  Tunlan |
    o-------------o
    o-------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Rand, Nina, Spar |
    | Level:  26                    |
    | Items:  None                  |
    o-------------------------------o
    
    Switch party members (Rand, Nina, Spar, and Ryu is a good party to have) at the 
    dragon shrine if you want to, go back to the queen's room, and talk to Gedd.  
    He'll explain to you that you need to enter the queen's body and destroy the 
    "Fatty" inside.  Gedd shrinks you with the mushroom you got earlier, and then 
    uses his magic to warp you into her body.
    
                                           *
    
    o-------------------o
    | 66.  Queen's Body |
    o-------------------o
    o-------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Rand, Nina, Spar |
    | Level:  26                    |
    | Items:  1                     |
    o-------------------------------o
    o-------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Items                                                                   |
    | -----                                                                   |
    | T.Pillow*:  Talk with the Tunlan lady in the treasure room after saving |
    |             the queen.                                                  |
    o-------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    
    Anytime you want to leave the queen's body, simply use the Mirror (which is 
    located in your Regular Item list in the Status Screen) and the game will
    give you three choices:  "look," "go," and "not use it."  Look allows you to
    listen to what Gedd says while you're still inside the queen's body.  Go lets
    you leave the queen's body, and not use it just cancels everything.
    
    You start in the upper right section of the queen's body.  Your goal, just 
    like what Gedd said earlier, is to defeat the entire Fatty (a.k.a. monsters) 
    inside her majesty.  In other words, you'll have to defeat all the monsters 
    inside the queen's body.  To do this, you have to fight battles in every room
    in here.  Check the Status Screen, and then look at the Monster Meter to see if
    there are monsters still left in the room.  If there are, the Monster Meter
    will be active.  If not, it will be sleeping.
    
    There are four sections inside the queen's body:  northeast, southeast, 
    southwest, and northwest.  That's also the exact order you should clear each 
    section in.
    
    Here's how many battles you should fight in each section to clear the section 
    completely:
    
    o-----------------------o
    | # Of Battles Required |
    |    For Each Section   |
    | --------------------- |
    | Northeast = 8 battles |
    | Southeast = 5 battles |
    | Southwest = 6 battles |
    | Northwest = 8 battles |
    o-----------------------o
    
    You really should have brought along someone who can help cure your party if 
    you need it.  A Seso-bonded Spar (Sprite) would be the perfect example.  She 
    has a ton of AP as well as Cure 1.  Rand would be a good person to bring, 
    too.  Anyhow, the battles should be unbelievably easy.
    
    Once you're through purging the queen's body, Gedd will transport you out.  
    Gedd and everyone else will thank you for your heroics because you prevented 
    the queen from turning into a demon.  Granny asks Gedd if he could stay at 
    Tunlan and help the queen recover.  Gedd then thanks you for bringing him 
    back to Tunlan.  Now you'll need to get the Therapy Pillow; it's inside a 
    specially guarded treasure chest you may have seen earlier in the castle.
    
    Once you have control of your party, you'll need to find the treasure chest.
    Go down the stairs, and then down the next set of stairs.  Now, go left, go
    through the two doorways, and talk with the Tunlanian standing by herself.
    She'll give you the Therapy Pillow, herself.  Remember, you were supposed to
    find the Therapy Pillow so you could enter the Great Wise Tree's Dream.
    
    Exit Tunlan.  It might be a good idea to warp back to TownShip, regroup, and 
    save.  Make sure you put in Spar in the current party if he isn't already.  
    One couldn't recommend enough just how beneficial it is to have a Seso-bonded
    Spar (Sprite) with you due to her large pool of AP and useful spells.  Once
    you've finished deciding who else you'll bring, and what shamans you'll fuse
    with whom, warp back to SimaFort so you can get to the Great Wise Tree quicker.
    Just head south until coming into some trees, and then put Spar in the lead of
    the marching order so he can walk through them.  Enter the noticeably big tree.
    
                                           *
    
    o----------------------o
    | 67.  Great Wise Tree |
    o----------------------o
    o------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Bow, Jean, Spar |
    | Level:  28                   |
    | Items:  None                 |
    o------------------------------o
    
    With Spar in the lead of the marching order, talk to the tree, "Gandaroof."
    Gandaroof will ask if you'll come into his mind--say yes.
    
                          o-----------------------------------o
                          |!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!|
                          |!!!.---------------------------.!!!|
                          |!!!|                           |!!!|
                          |!!!|        Scenario 15        |!!!|
                          |!!!| Quest Leg 3:  Dream World |!!!|
                          |!!!|                           |!!!|
                          |!!!.---------------------------.!!!|
                          |!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!|
                          o-----------------------------------o
    
    o------------o
    | 68.  Dream |
    o------------o
    o------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Bow, Jean, Spar |
    | Level:  28                   |
    | Items:  None                 |
    o------------------------------o
    
    You'll now appear in a new world, which is called "Dream."  There are three 
    different towns in this world.  All three towns look identical to each other, 
    except for the roofs of the houses, which differ from town to town.  Each 
    town has an inn, a dragon shrine, and a shop.  (It varies from town to town 
    what each shop sells.  Also, you can't sleep in two of the towns' "inns.")
    
    Obviously, each town has different people residing in it.  The first of the 
    three towns has old men.  The second has middle-aged men, and the last of the 
    three has young children.  Finally, all three towns have the same name:  
    "Inheart."  To differentiate between towns, I have put what kind of residents 
    live in each town.  For instance, "Inheart (old)" means the town where only 
    old men reside in.
    
    First things first, enter the town directly to your left.
    
                                           *
    
    o--------------------o
    | 69.  Inheart (old) |
    o--------------------o
    o------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Bow, Jean, Spar |
    | Level:  28                   |
    | Items:  None                 |
    o------------------------------o
    
    There is absolutely nothing important to do in this town.  Talk with the old 
    men for some information.  One of the old men will talk about a placed called 
    "Memory Tower."  Although you can't rest at the inn, you can enter the shop 
    and buy some equipment, if you have the coins.  Leave Inheart (old), and head 
    east to the next town, "Inheart (middle-aged)."
    
                                           *
    
    o----------------------------o
    | 70.  Inheart (middle-aged) |
    o----------------------------o
    o------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Bow, Jean, Spar |
    | Level:  28                   |
    | Items:  None                 |
    o------------------------------o
    
    You can rest at the inn here if you want.  Other than that, there's nothing 
    else you can do here except talk with the residents and learn about the 
    "Dragon Clan," "Demon," and the "Legend."  Leave Inheart (middle-aged), and 
    head north to the last town, "Inheart (young)."
    
                                           *
    
    o----------------------o
    | 71.  Inheart (young) |
    o----------------------o
    o------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Bow, Jean, Spar |
    | Level:  28                   |
    | Items:  None                 |
    o------------------------------o
    
    Enter the inn and talk with the old man inside.  "Barose" will offer to teach 
    you magic if you give him a place to stay in TownShip.  If you want to have 
    some of your characters learn some spells, say yes to him.  Anyway, this is 
    now or never; you can't go back and get Barose after you complete Dream so 
    you'll have to make a decision.
    
    (Barose is widely considered to be the best tenant for House 4, so if you are
    undecided, I would definitely recommend you pick him up.  He'll teach you
    one of the most powerful spells in the game once you recruit him.)
    
    Enter the shop, and you can buy some items to your left.  To your right, talk 
    with the young child and he can take you outside Gandaroof's mind and back to 
    the real world.  You probably won't need to, though, since you should be 
    prepared enough to continue.
    
    Make sure you talk with everyone in this town--more importantly, the child 
    that is north of the inn who says, "Did you find the tower?  I believe you 
    can see it from the lake in the west."
    
    Leave Inheart (young), and this time, go back to the very first town:  
    Inheart (old).
    
                                           *
    
    o-------------o
    | 72.  Memory |
    o-------------o
    o------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Bow, Jean, Spar |
    | Level:  28                   |
    | Items:  6                    |
    o------------------------------o
    o---------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Items                                                                     |
    | -----                                                                     |
    | AutoBW:    Pay the old man at the north end of the 1st floor 100C two     |
    |            times for a  treasure chest and open it.                       |
    |                                                                           |
    | EarthAR:   Pay the old man at the north end of the 1st floor 100C two     |
    |            times for a  treasure chest and open it.                       |
    |                                                                           |
    | MisoSoup:  From the 3rd floor entrance, go south, then west, and open the |
    |            treasure chest.                                                |
    |                                                                           |
    | 1000C:     From the 5th floor entrance, go south a little and open the    |
    |            treasure chest.                                                |
    |                                                                           |
    | HeroBT:    From the 5th floor entrance, go north all the way and open the |
    |            treasure chest.                                                |
    |                                                                           |
    | BlndedML:  From the 5th floor entrance, go east, then south, and open the |
    |            treasure chest.                                                |
    o---------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    
    Looks like things have changed.  What's that?  You say you still see a normal 
    looking town?  Then, you didn't talk to the child in Inheart (young) just 
    mentioned earlier.  Once you talk to the child, you trigger Inheart (old) 
    into turning into Memory Tower.
    
    It looks like you're inside of Grandpa, or the queen of Tunlan, judging by 
    the surroundings.  It also seems you can't see things close to you, but only 
    far away from you.  This dungeon happens to be one of the most confusing in 
    the entire game.
    
    From the 1st floor, talk with the old man nearby if you want, but head north 
    (feel your way up) and talk to the old man up there.  He'll offer to escort 
    you to the "entrance" for 100 coins.  Don't say no to him, or else he'll 
    charge 1000 coins next time you ask.  Say yes, and you'll still be in the 
    same room, but in the center.  Now, see those two chests directly north of 
    you?  If you want them, you have to talk to the old man again and say yes 
    when he asks you if he can escort you to the "exit."  Now you'll appear next 
    to those two chests; feel free to open them.  Don't talk to the old man until 
    you get the chests, or you won't have a chance to open them since he'll send 
    you outside of Memory.
    
    Go back inside Memory and talk to the old man near the north end of the room 
    once again, and agree to pay him those 100 coins to take you to the 
    "entrance."  Now, instead of paying him another 100 coins to take you to the 
    "exit," move one step right and then one step up to find a stairway leading 
    you to the next floor.
    
    From the 2nd floor, head up the stairways going up, which is just a step or 
    two south of where you entered the floor.  Ignore the old man at the eastern 
    end of the room, as he'll escort you to the 4th floor, and past the 3rd floor 
    which has a treasure chest.
    
    From the 3rd floor, head south and then west for a chest.  Continue west, 
    feeling your way through the walls, and then north into the next set of 
    stairs leading to the 4th floor.
    
    From the 4th floor, head up the stairways going up, which is just a step or 
    two south of where you entered the floor.  (This small room should look 
    identical to the 2nd floor.)
    
    From the 5th floor, go south and north for two chests.  Head east, and then 
    south, a little, for another chest.  There are three chests on this floor in 
    case you lost count.  Anyway, this floor has the potential to be a little 
    confusing.  Just know that the goal is to head northeast, by feeling your way 
    through the walls, and up the next stairway.
    
    From the 6th floor, head up the stairways going up, which is just a step or 
    two south of where you entered the floor.  (This room should look identical 
    to the 2nd and 4th floors.)
    
    From the 7th floor, head west a little, then north into the next room.  
    Ignore the old men in the room.  Once you enter the next room, talk with the 
    old man standing by himself.  He'll tell you that he wants to destroy 
    Gandaroof's mind, because Gandaroof knows something that is of inconvenience 
    to his "God."  Not only that, but the old man tells you that he was the one 
    that destroyed everyone's memory back in Gate when Ryu was just a kid after 
    Ryu came back from BushLnd.  The old man turns into a demon called 
    "Aruhameru."  Aruhameru now wants to kill you.  What a surprise; get ready.
    
    ##################
    # Boss Battle 26 #
    # Aruhamel       #
    ##################
    
    Note:  Capcom translated Aruhameru's name differently.  Once again this is a
    Japanese to English translation error.
    
    Have Ryu open up by casting his dragon power to knock off those reliable 512
    points of damage.  Spar should always attack since none of his spells are
    effective against Aruhamel.  The same goes for Bow.  Jean should attack or use
    items.  This should be a relatively easy fight, but if you're having problems
    with Aruhamel, use the "Scramble" formation so you can put your more offensive
    characters in the front of the formation, and have your weakest character in
    the back to help cure when needed.
    
    Aruhamel will blow up and you'll be free to move your party.  You might be
    wondering what you're supposed to do right now.  Well, if you want, you can go
    back to the old men in the previous room and talk to them for some more
    information about the "God" Aruhamel was referring to, as well as some other
    stuff.  Spar should definitely know the spell, "Exit," by now so have him cast
    that and get you out of here.
    
    Back in the world of Dream, head north to the town of Inheart (young).
    
                                           *
    
    o----------------------o
    | 73.  Inheart (young) |
    o----------------------o
    o------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Bow, Jean, Spar |
    | Level:  28                   |
    | Items:  None                 |
    o------------------------------o
    
    Enter the shop inside, and talk to the child on the right counter.  He'll ask
    if you wish to exit Gandaroof's mind--say yes.
    
                                           *
    
    o----------------------o
    | 74.  Great Wise Tree |
    o----------------------o
    o------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Bow, Jean, Spar |
    | Level:  28                   |
    | Items:  None                 |
    o------------------------------o
    
    You will now be back at the Great Wise Tree, and Gandaroof will thank you.  
    Put Spar in the lead of the marching order, if he isn't already, and talk to 
    Gandaroof.  He'll ask you if you have any questions, and the game will give 
    you four choices.  Ask about "Green," and Gandaroof will talk about some 
    people who can fight the demon that live south of here.  Looks like that's 
    where you should be heading.
    
    Exit the Great Wise Tree, head south through the forest, and past a bridge to 
    enter "Fog Valley."
    
                         o-------------------------------------o
                         |!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!|
                         |!!!.-----------------------------.!!!|
                         |!!!|                             |!!!|
                         |!!!|         Scenario 16         |!!!|
                         |!!!| Through the Fog and the Sky |!!!|
                         |!!!|                             |!!!|
                         |!!!.-----------------------------.!!!|
                         |!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!|
                         o-------------------------------------o
    
    o-----------------o
    | 75.  Fog Valley |
    o-----------------o
    o------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Bow, Jean, Spar |
    | Level:  28                   |
    | Items:  None                 |
    o------------------------------o
    
    Just at its name would suggest Fog Valley is indeed quite hazy.  Talk with 
    the man standing near you, and he'll tell you that it would be impossible to 
    cross the valley as it is right now.  He mentions a place called "Sky Tower," 
    which may be the cause of the inclement weather.
    
    Sky Tower, contrary to what the name suggests, can be found in the ocean.  
    It's north of Tunlan, and it's very small (it takes up one square on the 
    map).  Go inside when you find it.  (If you're having trouble finding it, 
    warp to Capitan and head south to the shoreline.  Call Grandpa, and just head 
    south; you'll see it, for sure.)
    
                                           *
    
    o----------------o
    | 76.  Sky Tower |
    o----------------o
    o------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Bow, Jean, Spar |
    | Level:  28                   |
    | Items:  7                    |
    o------------------------------o
    o-----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Items                                                                       |
    | -----                                                                       |
    | GoblinSD:  From the 1st room underwater, go east and down the stairs and    |
    |            continue a bit and open the treasure chest.                      |
    |                                                                             |
    | SpiritRB:  From the 1st room underwater, go east and down the stairs and    |
    |            continue a bit and open the treasure chest.                      |
    |                                                                             |
    | 1000C:     From the 1st room underwater, go west and down the stairs and    |
    |            continue a bit and open the treasure chest.                      |
    |                                                                             |
    | GutsBL:    After going up Stairway1, go south and follow the path for a     |
    |            treasure chest and open it.                                      |
    |                                                                             |
    | IceSH:     After going up the 3rd stairway, open the treasure chest nearby. | 
    |                                                                             |
    | FrozenAR:  After going up the 3rd stairway, open the treasure chest on this |
    |            floor.                                                           | 
    |                                                                             |
    | NorthDR:   After going up the 3rd stairway, open the treasure chest on this |
    |            floor.                                                           |
    o-----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    
    From the entrance, head down the stairway.  Talk to the fish merchant 
    standing still in front of the open hole.  He'll assume you want to check out 
    what's going on since you've asked about the fog problems.  Talk to the fish 
    merchant again, and he'll ask if you want to check things out.  Say, yes.
    
    You'll drop down via the rope and be submerged underwater.  If you want to 
    exit, you can do so by pressing the A BUTTON on the Controller in front of the 
    rope.  There should be a timer ticking automatically, starting from the 3-
    minute mark, which is the amount of time you can stay underwater without 
    choking.  There are various rooms in the Sky Tower where you can breathe in, 
    so you'll have to find them so you won't die--which will happen if the timer 
    expires at 00:00.  The timer will tick even during battles, but not while 
    you're using the Status Screen.  Every time you enter a room with air in it 
    (you'll know it because you're no longer underwater), the timer will reset 
    back to 3:00, thus allowing you to explore deeper into Sky Tower.
    
    From the first room, you can either go east or west.
    
    If you go east, you can buy some very good (yet expensive) equipment from 
    one of the fish merchants in one of the rooms ahead.  Observe that in the room 
    where you can buy equipment, you can safely breathe.  If you continue right, 
    past the fish merchant, you'll be able to find two treasure chests, which 
    contain a very powerful sword called "GoblinSD," and some relatively good 
    armor.  You definitely need to pick up the GoblinSD, as it should increase
    Ryu's offense by a whole lot (30 points).  The catch, though, is that you only
    have a very limited time to get it since you're underwater the whole time.
    Have Ryu cast Smoke or use Smoke items so you don't encounter too many battles.
    Try to run away if you can, too.  After the two treasure chests, there is a
    dead end, and you'll have to go back to the very first room, so use your time
    management skills to plan accordingly for the trip back.
    
    If you go west, you will go further into the dungeon.  After going west, you
    can either go north or south.  In the southern room, you can find a treasure
    chest.  In the northern room, you can find a stairway leading up onto the next
    floor.
    
    After going up the stairway, you'll be in one of the rooms mentioned earlier 
    where you can breathe.  Go south into the next room and you'll be back 
    underwater.  Continue, and you'll spot a treasure chest along the way.  Go
    north into the next room, then up the next stairway, and onto the next floor.
    
    After going up the 2nd stairway, you'll be back into another breathing room.  
    Go north into the next room.  Head west into another room.  You should now see 
    some water streams flowing in different directions.  Your goal is to get to 
    the stairway.  Although you can go into another room to the west, there's 
    absolutely nothing inside.  Go up this stairway to reach the next floor.
    
    After going up the 3rd stairway, you'll still be underwater, but you should 
    see three treasure chests on this floor.  Go up the next stairway to reach the
    next floor.
    
    This floor looks identical to the previous floor except there aren't any
    treasure chests.  You can go through the skinny wall between both stairways to
    get to the next stairway faster.  Go up the next stairway to reach the top of
    Sky Tower.
    
    You should now be in a breathing room.  Talk to the girl wandering around on 
    the center platform of this room.  "Spoor" tells you that she's sorry for 
    blowing fog; you learn she only did it because she was bored.  You then learn 
    that Spoor is the Wind Shaman.  She then decides to go back to Granny in Town 
    Ship.  Now you have the Wind Shaman available for you to unite with.  If you 
    have Spar or Nina in your current party, cast Exit to leave the Sky Tower.  
    (You can only cast Exit in breathing rooms--not underwater.)
    
    After leaving the Sky Tower, head to TownShip now that you have the ability 
    to unite with the Wind Shaman, Spoor.
    
                                           *
    
    o---------------o
    | 77.  TownShip |
    o---------------o
    o----------------o
    | Party:  Anyone |
    | Level:  28     |
    | Items:  None   |
    o----------------o
    
    Now would be a good time to go back to Granny and try out some combinations 
    with the Wind Shaman.
    
    Here are the new combinations available to you with the Wind Shaman, Spoor:
    
    Character     Shaman(s)         Bonuses                            Appearance
    =========     =========         =======                            ==========
    Bow           Spoor                                 +Vigor         -
    Rand          Spoor                                 +Vigor         -
    Rand          Sana & Spoor              +Off.       +Vigor         -
    Rand          Seso & Spoor      +Wisdom             +Vigor         -
    Nina          Spoor                                 +Vigor         Green
    Nina          Sana & Spoor              +Off.       +Vigor         Green
    Nina          Seso & Spoor      +Wisdom             +Vigor         Green
    Sten          Spoor                                 +Vigor         -
    Sten          Sana & Spoor      +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Warrior 
    Sten          Seso & Spoor      +Wisdom             +Vigor         -
    Jean          Spoor                                 +Vigor         -
    Jean          Seso & Spoor      +Wisdom             +Vigor         -
    Spar          Seso & Spoor      +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Sprite
    
    For the first time in the game, you can unite two shamans with one character! 
    Try some combinations out and see if it's to your liking.  Unfortunately, Katt
    still cannot unite with any shamans at this point in the game.  As you can
    see, Sten can transform himself quite nicely by having him unite with Sana and
    Spoor.  You can also keep a Seso Spar and, thus, have two powerful shaman-
    bonded characters simultaneously.  Definitely take advantage of this (unless
    you just can't stand Sten of course).
    
    Since you've made the trip here, you might as well check in with Barose in 
    one of the houses.  If you didn't get Barose while in the Dream world, then 
    skip the rest of this section.  The old man Barose is in House 4, which should
    be one of the houses in the newly constructed set of three that you had the
    carpenter make for you after you filled the first three houses.
    
    Barose has the ability to teach any of your party members any of the 
    following spells:  "Thunder," "Freeze," "Flame," and "Missile."  Depending on 
    your Dragon Meter, he can teach any of your party members a spell four times
    meaning you can have one particular character learn all four spells, or have 
    four different characters learn one spell, or have two characters learn two
    spells (and so forth).  What you decide is up to you, but here's some more
    in-depth information to help make the best possible decision.
    
    Here is a little chart on each spell:
    
    Spell       What It Does               Range      Ranking (Damage Dealt)
    =====       ============               =====      ======================     
    Thunder     Thunder Arrow              All        D
    Freeze      Freezing Snowstorm         Single     C
    Flame       Triangle Flame Pyramid     All        B
    Missile     Atmospheric Explosion      All        A+
    
    Missile is definitely the best spell of the four since it seems to do the 
    most damage.  You can definitely wreck some havoc if you give it to the right 
    people.  I would personally recommend just going with Missile and teaching it
    to four of your favorite characters, but the choice is yours.  Now that you
    know what spell(s) you'll want to learn, the only question that remains is
    which characters should learn them?
    
    Before we waste our precious opportunity here hastily and without some thought,
    we may want to first take a step back and examine if any of the characters
    happen to learn any of the four spells naturally (by leveling up). Let's look
    at the following table:
    
    Character  Barose Spells Learned Naturally
    =========  ===============================
    Ryu        None
    Bow        None
    Rand       Thunder (LV 9)
    Katt       None
    Nina       Thunder, Flame (LV 20), Freeze (LV 24), and Missile (LV 57)
    Sten       Flame (LV 15) and Missile (LV 38)
    Jean:      None
    Spar:      Freeze (LV 28)
    
    Nina, Spar, and Bow are the best choices for Missile.  Jean, Sten, and Rand 
    are well-rounded choices, but Ryu and Katt are bad choices.  You don't want 
    to teach Ryu any of the spells because he already has dragon powers, and Katt 
    doesn't even have that much AP to continually be able to cast them without
    refreshing her AP constantly with WFruits.
    
    Now, if you are going for a perfect file, you don't want to teach Nina
    or Sten Missile.  But very few people will truly bother trying to get their
    characters to maximum LVs and maximum statistics.  That's why I would still
    teach Nina and Sten Missile for the vast majority people following this guide.
    
    To get Barose to teach you a spell, the character you want to learn it has to 
    have extremely low HP and AP.  For some reason or another, Barose wants you 
    to be extremely weak when he teaches you magic.  Get the desired character(s) 
    you want to learn the spells at precisely the following HP and AP values:  1 
    HP and 0 AP.
    
    To get a character to 0 AP, just enter a battle and keep casting a spell that 
    will bring you all the way down to 0 AP; pay attention to what the spell you 
    keep casting costs, so that you get exactly down to 0, and not 1 or 2.
    
    To get a character to 1 HP, all you have to do is enter a battle, kill the 
    character off so they have 0 HP, and then go to a dragon shrine.  Choose the 
    "Change" option to change your party members and the character with 0 HP will 
    automatically be revived and start with 1 HP.
    
    Now that the hard part is out of the way, here's how to get the spell you 
    want Barose to teach you.  Notice the Dragon Meter whenever talking to 
    Barose?  That is very important, so remember the color at all times.  The 
    color will change every time you answer any of Barose's questions.
    
    Here's how the dialogue should be like:
    
    Barose Q & A Dialogue
    =====================
    Barose:  Are you a person with little AP?
    You:     Yes
    Barose:  Umm, umm.  I'm very impressed.  It's completely empty.
    Barose:  By the way ... are you a person with little HP?
    You:     Yes
    Barose:  Oh, very good.  You have no energy left.  Shall I teach (your
             character's name here) the magic?
    You:     Yes
    Barose:  All right.  I'm going to teach (your character's name here) the
             (Thunder, Flame, Freeze, Missile) magic.
    Barose:  Can I really teach this to (your character's name here)?
    You:     Yes (or say No if you don't want the spell)
    
    About the Dragon Meter:  the worst Dragon Meter you can have is dark purple.  
    The best Dragon Meter is flashing colors.  To get to the worst Dragon Meter, 
    simply have a character with full AP talk to Barose and answer yes when he 
    asks if you're a person with little AP.  To get to the best Dragon Meter, 
    keep answering yes to Barose's questions with a character with 1 HP and 0 AP.  
    Say no when he asks if he can teach the magic to your character, and then 
    continue to repeat the process until the meter flashes colors.
    
    If Barose wants to teach you a spell you don't want, continue to say No every 
    time he asks, "Can I really teach this to (your character's name here)?"  
    Eventually, the spell you want will be offered.  Now, a last minute tip about 
    the Dragon Meter: anytime you see it flashing a variety of colors rapidly, 
    this means that Barose will offer you the spell, Missile.
    
    Once you're through learning the spells from Barose, make sure you put Jean 
    in your current party if he isn't already, and head back to Fog Valley.  
    Remember, it's south of where the Great Wise Tree is, and passed the bridge.
    
                                           *
    
    o-----------------o
    | 78.  Fog Valley |
    o-----------------o
    o------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Bow, Jean, Spar |
    | Level:  28                   |
    | Items:  None                 |
    o------------------------------o
    
    There's absolutely nothing to do here except to pass through.  The enemy 
    encounter rate will be a tad on the high side, so you may want to use a Smoke 
    item/spell.  Keep heading south (going east just leads to a dead end) and 
    exit Fog Valley.
    
    Back on the map, head a little west, then go north and you should see a tree 
    similar to the Great Wise Tree; enter it.  You'll need Jean to get there by 
    activating his special power to turn into a gigantic frog.
    
    (Although there isn't any real need to visit the "Wise Tree," the tree spirit 
    there gives you a helpful tip for later on in the game.  You always have the 
    option of skipping the next section though since it's not required to hear
    the tip.)
    
                                           *
    
    o----------------o
    | 79.  Wise Tree |
    o----------------o
    o------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Bow, Jean, Spar |
    | Level:  28                   |
    | Items:  None                 |
    o------------------------------o
    
    Put Spar in the lead of the marching order and talk to the tree spirit.  
    He'll tell you to be generous with your contributions in "Namanda."  For now, 
    just keep that in the back of your head.  There's nothing else left to do 
    here, so exit.
    
    Head back east, where you exited Fog Valley, then head south and enter the 
    village, "Farm Town."
    
                         o--------------------------------------o
                         |!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!|
                         |!!!.------------------------------.!!!|
                         |!!!|                              |!!!|
                         |!!!|          Scenario 17         |!!!|
                         |!!!| Paying Homage to St. Namanda |!!!|
                         |!!!|                              |!!!|
                         |!!!.------------------------------.!!!|
                         |!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!|
                         o--------------------------------------o
    
    o----------------o
    | 80.  Farm Town |
    o----------------o
    o------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Bow, Jean, Spar |
    | Level:  28                   |
    | Items:  3                    |
    o------------------------------o
    o---------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Items                                                                     |
    | -----                                                                     |
    | HelpBL:  Search the dresser on the 2nd floor of the inn in town.          |
    |                                                                           |
    | Gold:    Search the dresser on the 2nd floor of the house west of Daisy's |
    |          house.                                                           |
    |                                                                           |
    | Plate:   Search the medicine cabinet in the middle room inside Daisy's    |
    |          house.                                                           |
    o---------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    
    It looks like most of the residents here resemble Rand.  Talk with everyone, 
    and you'll learn about "St. Namanda," and how praying is important to these 
    people so that the harvest will grow.  Enter the north-center home, and a scene 
    takes place.  A person gets kicked out of "Daisy's" house for wanting to build
    a church on her grounds.
    
    Put Rand in your current party via the dragon shrine in town, and put him in 
    the lead of the marching order.  Talk with everyone in town, and it becomes 
    apparent that this is Rand's hometown.  Enter Daisy's house again, and you'll 
    be able to explore it.  Enter the room in the middle and you'll automatically 
    meet Daisy--well, sort of.  She smacks Rand around for leaving her, and then 
    you learn that Daisy is Rand's mother!  Daisy gets a tad emotional and 
    orders Rand and the party to plow the fields.
    
    The next morning, you have to begin your task and plow the fields.  Once you 
    leave Daisy's house, head up onto the field and press the A BUTTON on the 
    Controller in front of each bush, tree stump, and stone you see.  You'll 
    enter a battle with each and you'll have to destroy them all.  This is 
    actually fun since they don't fight back.  However, the last stone won't be 
    such a pushover.  Get ready for this boss.
    
    ##################
    # Boss Battle 27 #
    # S.Golem        #
    ##################
    
    S.Golem keeps defending until he unleashes a giant killer of an attack called 
    "Fireball" which does 100+ points of damage to each member in your party.  
    Have Ryu cast his dragon powers and everyone else attack.  If Bow knows the 
    spell Def-UpX by now, definitely have him cast that for some added defense.  
    If you need curing, use HelpBLs.  Keep attacking and the fight will be over 
    soon.
    
    After defeating S.Golem, head back inside Daisy's house and put Rand in the 
    lead of the marching order if he isn't already.  Talk to Daisy and she asks 
    you to rest for the night.  Once you wake up, Rand apologizes for making the 
    rest of the party help him do the work.  Go back out to the field and talk to 
    Daisy.  She'll tell you to go to a place called "Namanda" and pray for a good 
    harvest.
    
    Namanda can be found just a little west of Farm Town.  It looks like a 
    smaller version of a regular looking cave.
    
                                           *
    
    o--------------o
    | 81.  Namanda |
    o--------------o
    o------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Bow, Rand, Jean |
    | Level:  28                   |
    | Items:  1                    |
    o------------------------------o
    o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Items                                                                      |
    | -----                                                                      |
    | Tolen:  Search the medicine cabinet inside the tree house at the entrance. |
    o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    
    Enter the tree house at the entrance and talk to the man inside.  He'll tell 
    you who Namanda actually is:  the God of Earth and Crops.  Exit the tree 
    house and continue north.  Talk with the man standing by himself at the top 
    of the short set of stairs, and he'll let you in since you wish to pray for a 
    good harvest.  Continue into the next room.
    
    You should now be in a small room with some torches.  Continue into the next 
    room through the doorway.
    
    Be careful; in this room, you'll encounter some enemies.  Head up and you'll 
    spot a man fighting off a monster.  Talk to him if you want.  Anyway, 
    continue north into the next room.
    
    Observe the surroundings and talk with everyone in here.  The two men in 
    front of the bells will play a song.  You can talk with the man lying on top 
    of the spikes in the north part of the room if you want.  Exit this room when 
    you're ready, but remember where it is as you'll be coming back here a little 
    later if you want to learn a secret spell.
    
    Once you're back outside (with the man and the monster fighting), continue 
    north into the last room.  Once inside, you'll spot a box in the center of 
    the room.  Step in front of it, press the A BUTTON on the Controller, and 
    the game will ask if you wish to donate 100 coins.  Although you really need 
    to just donate once to progress further into the game, if you donate 20 (t-w-
    e-n-t-y) times, you'll be able to obtain the Earth Shaman later in the game.  
    Don't pass this opportunity up, as the Earth Shaman can definitely be of 
    value to you.  2,000 coins is only about 1/4 of what some weapons in the game 
    cost you.  Note:  you have a limited opportunity to donate the coins.  If you
    wait too long to donate, you will never be able to get the Earth Shaman.  After
    you've donated, exit Namanda.
    
    The next place you should go to is Farm Town, however, you must strengthen 
    your characters--more importantly, Rand--before going back there.
    
    By this point in the game, unless you've leveled up a lot, you're probably 
    not overstocked in terms of items and money, and will need to level up your 
    party.  Put it this way:  if most of your characters are under LV 30, then 
    definitely don't skip these next few sections.
    
    You need to update Rand's equipment and level him up a bit at this point in 
    the game, since you'll need him at full strength later on.  Now is a good 
    time to head to the town of "Guntz."
    
    Guntz is directly south of where Tunlan is.  Warp to Tunlan, and ride Grandpa 
    from the shoreline just a little south until spotting a large island with a 
    shoreline, which is a little to the east, ready for you to park Grandpa at.  
    You should also see a Wise Tree right at the entrance of the island (it looks 
    just like the Great Wise Tree you entered earlier in the game), which you can 
    enter, but for now, head west and enter Guntz.  Guntz looks like a fortress 
    on the world map.
    
                                           *
    o------------o
    | 82.  Guntz |
    o------------o
    o------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Bow, Rand, Jean |
    | Level:  29                   |
    | Items:  1                    |
    o------------------------------o
    o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Items                                                                      |
    | -----                                                                      |
    | Tolen:  Search the eastern-most medicine cabinet in the northern building. |
    o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    
    Guntz is nothing more than a small town with some shops.  Enter the armory 
    and buy Rand a "BlindedSH."  This should greatly improve his defense.  Now 
    might be a good time to refresh your items at the item shop.  Make sure you 
    have a good supply (at least 9 of each) of WFruits and HelpBLs.  You can 
    explore what's left of Guntz, but as you've probably found out by now, it's a 
    very small town.  An important NPC named Eichichi--whom you'll be meeting 
    later--is located in the last house of the town, so keep this in the back of
    your mind for later when you need to come back here.
    
    For now, though, you've got some other things to think about--like leveling 
    up characters.  A great place to level up Rand (and everyone else) is to 
    fight the enemies located on a lone island all the way at the northern middle
    part of the world of Breath of Fire II.  Before attempting to locate 
    the island, switch up your characters at the dragon shrine.  Bring your 
    lowest leveled character and make sure you bring Rand with you.  Also, bring 
    Bow, as he is vital for killing the enemies on the island.
    
    To find the island, sail directly due south of Guntz.  You'll spot a very 
    large island halfway through, so ignore it.  You'll eventually see a house on 
    a small island.  This is "Monster Island."  Enter the house when you arrive.
    
    Note:  You can find a fishing spot on the north part of the isle.  If you
    fish from there, you can find a LoveBR, which will help recover your health
    for each step you take, so bring a rod and some bait if you're feeling lucky.
    
                                           *
    
    o----------o
    | 83.  Hut |
    o----------o
    o------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Bow, Rand, and your lowest leveled character  |
    | Level:  29                                                 |
    | Items:  None                                               |
    o------------------------------------------------------------o
    
    Enter the hut.  Hmm... what do we have here?  These two characters should look
    familiar to you.  (At the risk of avoiding spoilers, the author will refrain
    from telling you these two individuals' origins.)  The fox says a particularly
    interesting line:
    
    "I was plowing this land and found a shining rock...When you hold the rock in
    your hands, you can see the bones...Isn't it strange?"
    
    Now, what could he be hinting at?
    
    Anyway, exit the house when you're done.  Monster Island features some very
    large enemies that may look familiar.  They shouldn't be too hard to defeat;
    that is, if you brought Bow along.  Use Bow's Special Combat Ability, "Shot," 
    against some of the enemies on the island because it can instantly defeat most
    of them in one hit.  The catch?  It doesn't work all the time, so if it hits
    for just one point of damage, keep trying until it connects for some real
    damage.
    
    If you encounter a Chorking, try casting ChopChop (assuming you got it from
    WildCat) instead of relying on Bow's Shot.  But perhaps the easiest way to
    defeat the Chorking is by using a Frizbee item against it, which you can buy
    from Guntz.
    
    The A.Sludge enemy (giant sludge) are easily taken care of via Bow's Shot and
    the Death spell.
    
    If you encounter a GongHead you may want to just run away.  It's not an easy
    enemy to kill but sometimes Bow's Shot and the Death spell will work against
    it.
    
    Take note:  there is a dangerous enemy called K.Sludge on the island that
    appears every so often.  It's the only small monster and they can appear in up
    to groups of three.  If you encounter one, you are probably best running away
    unless you are very well off in terms of levels because Bow's Shot won't be
    effective against them.
    
    Once you've gotten your party to an average of about LV 30, leave Monster
    Island and warp back to Farm Town.
    
                                           *
    
    o----------------o
    | 84.  Farm Town |
    o----------------o
    o-------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Katt, Rand, Spar |
    | Level:  33                    |
    | Items:  None                  |
    o-------------------------------o
    
    Go back to Daisy's field (where you plowed earlier).  A messenger (who looks 
    like a man in heavy armor) will be there.  If you still see Daisy, then you 
    didn't donate any coins in Namanda--go back there and make a donation to
    trigger the messenger appearing in Farm Town.
    
    Put Rand in the lead of the marching order and talk to the messenger.  He'll 
    show you a letter that Daisy "wrote."  She writes that she has agreed to let 
    the "Eva Church" be built on her property, and that she's left to the "Grand 
    Church."  It surely looks like Daisy's writing to her son, Rand, but Rand 
    questions the messenger and doesn't believe him.  Rand gets so enraged and 
    decides to fight the messenger, one-on-one combat style.
    
    ##################
    # Boss Battle 28 #
    # Paladin        #
    ##################
    
    Have Rand continue to attack Paladin.  Whenever Rand's HP drops to 120 or 
    less, have him cast Cure 2 or use HelpBLs and Extracts to recover some much-
    needed HP.  If Rand is getting defeated easily, you need to level him up some 
    more at Monster Island.  Be patient, and play it safe with this battle.
    
    After you defeat Paladin, Ray--the person generous enough to grant you a 
    spell back when you saved the children in Capitan--will come and warn the 
    party.  Ray tells Rand that Daisy really did become a believer, but Rand 
    doesn't buy it and gets real angry.  Ray says that he hopes that he and Rand 
    will "understand each other," and takes off.  Rand then asks the rest of the 
    party if they think that the Eva Church people took Daisy by force.  Saying 
    no will only affect the Dragon Meter for the worse, so just say, yes and 
    agree with Rand on this one--he is your friend after all and you should trust
    his instincts.
    
    Rand says that he thinks the "St.Eva Church" is responsible for all of this.  
    Rand then mentions that flying would be an easy way to find the church.
    
    Exit through Daisy's house and talk with all the residents in town.  One of 
    the women inside one of the houses says that you can't enter St.Eva Church by 
    sea since it's located on a cliff.  She says that if you were to fly, you 
    would surely be able to reach the church.  Exit Farm Town.
    
    Outside, you should now hear some new map music, which signals a new chapter 
    of Breath of Fire II.  Before continuing with your quest there are a couple 
    of optional tasks you need to complete.  If you go back to Namanda, you can 
    learn a secret spell.  However, be warned that getting this spell requires 
    extreme patience and luck.
    
                                           *
    
    o--------------o
    | 85.  Namanda |
    o--------------o
    o-------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Katt, Nina, Spar |
    | Level:  33                    |
    | Items:  None                  |
    o-------------------------------o
    
    Remember where the room with the two men who rang the bells was?  If you 
    enter it now, you'll see that there is only one man on the left side.  He 
    asks you if you can play the "Prayer Song" by pressing the "red" and "yellow" 
    buttons.  The game messed up in this instance, because on the SNES Controller,
    there aren't any of those colors on the buttons.  The reason is because
    the Super Famicom (Japanese version of the Super Nintendo) Controller had
    those colored buttons, and the translators forgot to change it for the SNES
    Controller, which has light and dark purple colored buttons.  Anyway,
    the two buttons you have to press are the A and B BUTTONs on the Controller,
    so concentrate your fingers on those two buttons alone.
    
    Here is a diagram to how to play the Prayer Song (when you need to press the
    buttons):
     
    o----------------------------------o
    |       Prayer Song Solution       |
    |       --------------------       |
    |                                  |
    | -0-+-- 0-+-0-- +---+--0+----0  0 |
    | 12341234123412341234123412341234 | 
    |               or                 |
    | -A-B-- A-B-A-- B---B--AB----A  A |
    | 12341234123412341234123412341234 |
    |                                  |
    | - = His notes                    |
    |   = A pause (Blank)              |
    | 0 = Your gong notes (A)          |
    | + = Your high notes (B)          |
    o----------------------------------o
    
    Prayer Song Tip:
    For players who have trouble keeping the rhythm, it might be helpful to
    constantly tap your foot at the pace of the notes, so you leave appropriate
    time for the pauses.  If you are still having trouble, you can try numbering
    each of the 32 "characters" (spaces included) in the melody and then count in
    your head as you tap your foot.
    
    The man will first play the Prayer Song for you so you can hear it and try to 
    memorize it, and then he asks you to play along with him.  This is definitely 
    not easy.  If you can play the Prayer Song properly, you'll be able to learn 
    a secret spell called "Boombada," which will knock half of all monsters' HP 
    during battle.  Boombada uses monsters' susceptibility, and therefore it
    doesn't work on several monsters and bosses.
    
    After you've succeeded (or failed) playing the Prayer Song, now is a good 
    time to recruit some more people for your town, TownShip.  If you've been
    following my recommended tenant recruitment list thus far, you should only
    have two houses that are vacant, which means you have to find two more
    residents.  "Hanz" and "Daiye" are the two best tenants for each house, and
    here's where you can find them:
    
    House     Tenant        Location
    =====     ======        ========
    5         Hanz          In HomeTown, inside the house next to Ryu/Bow's house
    6         Daiye         On the 2nd floor of the inn in Windia
    
    Hanz opens up an item shop, which sells some very valuable items.  You can 
    buy some of the items, give them to your carpenter (assuming you got the 
    cook carpenter), and get most of your characters' stats extremely high.
    
    Daiye opens up a fish store.  He's the only tenant that can live in House 6 
    that's useful in your quest.  You can pick up a lot of rare items and 
    equipment by fishing around.
    
    After recruiting (or not recruiting) the last two tenants, you should go back
    to TownShip.
    
                                           *
    
    o---------------o
    | 86.  TownShip |
    o---------------o
    o-------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Katt, Nina, Spar |
    | Level:  33                    |
    | Items:  None                  |
    o-------------------------------o
    
    Buy whatever you want from Hanz, Daiye, and the rest of the tenants.  Once 
    you're done shopping around, find the well located on the northeast end of 
    TownShip and enter it.  While down there, enter the next room and explore 
    it.  You can't do anything in here, but you're actually triggering something 
    in the game.  Take note of the machine inside, and after searching the room, 
    just exit the well.  Change up your party if you like, but make sure you add 
    Spar to the party, and warp to Guntz.
    
    From Guntz, head east and enter the Wise Tree.
    
                                           *
    
    o----------------o
    | 87.  Wise Tree |
    o----------------o
    o-------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Katt, Nina, Spar |
    | Level:  33                    |
    | Items:  None                  |
    o-------------------------------o
    
    Talk to the Wise Tree with Spar in the lead of the marching order.  He'll 
    tell you about a woman named "Eichichi," who researches all types of 
    machinery in Guntz.  Guntz is where you should go to next.
    
                                           *
    
    o------------o
    | 88.  Guntz |
    o------------o
    o-------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Katt, Nina, Spar |
    | Level:  33                    |
    | Items:  None                  |
    o-------------------------------o
    
    Go to the northern building in town and you'll notice a lot of books inside.  
    Go behind the easternmost bookcase and you should find yourself going down a 
    ladder into a secret hiding place.  Talk to the person inside.  Her name is 
    "Eichichi," the same Eichichi that the Wise Tree east of Guntz told you 
    about.  If you entered the well in TownShip and explored it, she should talk 
    to you and introduce herself as an engineer.  She'll ask you a yes or no 
    question, but the game messed up here, because you can't select a choice.  
    Anyway, as the conversation continues, Eichichi asks you what you need from 
    her.  If you say "body," then she'll joke around with you.  Say "machine," 
    and she'll carry on about how she loves machinery.  You'll tell her that you 
    know of a machine that's hidden under TownShip, and she'll be excited about 
    it and want to go there.
    
    Eichichi will go to TownShip on her own, so just leave Guntz and warp back 
    there.
    
    o---------------o
    | 89.  TownShip |
    o---------------o
    o-------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Katt, Nina, Spar |
    | Level:  33                    |
    | Items:  None                  |
    o-------------------------------o
    
    Go back inside the well in the northeast end of TownShip, and talk to
    Eichichi.  She will mention Windia, which is exactly where you need to go to
    next.  Have one of your characters warp you there.
    
                       o------------------------------------------o
                       |!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!|
                       |!!!.----------------------------------.!!!|
                       |!!!|                                  |!!!|
                       |!!!|           Scenario 18            |!!!|
                       |!!!| Back to Windia:  Mina's Decision |!!!|
                       |!!!|                                  |!!!|
                       |!!!.----------------------------------.!!!|
                       |!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!|
                       o------------------------------------------o
    
    o-------------o
    | 90.  Windia |
    o-------------o
    o-------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Katt, Nina, Spar |
    | Level:  33                    |
    | Items:  None                  |
    o-------------------------------o
    
    Once in town, go north towards the fort, and talk to the guard while Nina is 
    in the lead of the marching order.  She'll ask the guard to give the king a 
    message that she has returned.  The guard doesn't seem to want to do it, but 
    the queen shows up and tells the guard to let them inside.  "Hina" then 
    explains about the black wings legend, and that she kept Nina away from 
    Windia for her own good.  She then tells you that Nina's father, the king, is 
    ill and would very much like to see Nina.
    
                                           *
    
    o------------------o
    | 91.  Windia Fort |
    o------------------o
    o-------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Katt, Nina, Spar |
    | Level:  33                    |
    | Items:  4                     |
    o-------------------------------o
    o--------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Items                                                        |
    | -----                                                        |
    | Tolen:     Search the left medicine cabinet in the kitchen.  |
    |                                                              |
    | HelpBL:    Search the right medicine cabinet in the kitchen. |
    |                                                              |
    | Bum'sCL:   Search the dresser inside the queen's bedroom.    |
    |                                                              |
    | MoonDrop:  Search the dresser inside the king's bedroom.     |
    o--------------------------------------------------------------o
    
    Once you have control of your party, go up either of the two stairways.  On 
    the next floor, go up the western stairway and you'll be in the king's 
    bedroom.  With Nina still in the lead of the marching order, go to the right 
    of the bedside and talk to the king.  The king will be grateful Nina still 
    recognizes him as her father, and a flashback occurs.  In the flashback, it 
    is clear that the king was only trying to protect Nina by having her leave.  
    Afterwards, a messenger from St. Eva asks the king if he will have the 
    teachings of St. Eva spread across Windia.  The king declines, saying it 
    would be wrong to force down beliefs on the people.  The messenger threatens 
    the king before leaving, and then Nina asks "Gramps" for a favor: to open the 
    basement of the castle.  Nina tells the party that she wants to become the 
    Great Bird, even if it means that she won't be able to revert to her normal 
    self again.
    
    Back to having control of the party, go back down the stairways until you're 
    back at the first floor where the queen is.  You'll notice four doorways; 
    enter the westernmost door, and the gate should be open, allowing you to 
    enter the stairway down into the basement, "Sky Cave."
    
                                           *
    
    o---------------o
    | 92.  Sky Cave |
    o---------------o
    o-------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Katt, Nina, Spar |
    | Level:  33                    |
    | Items:  4                     |
    o-------------------------------o
    o---------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Items                                                                     |
    | -----                                                                     |
    | StormRG:    Follow the path from the beginning, then go north to get back |
    |             inside the fort and open the treasure chest nearby.           |
    |                                                                           |
    | WindBR:     In the room with statues and boulders, go east and north and  |
    |             open the treasure chest.                                      |
    |                                                                           |
    | WindRB:     In the room with statues and boulders, go west and north and  |
    |             open the treasure chest.                                      |
    |                                                                           |
    | MarkWing*:  After defeating Guardian, Nina's ancestor gives it to you.    |
    o---------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    
    Follow the path and you'll be able to either go north or continue west.  
    Going north leads you to a treasure chest, which contains a StormRG, a great
    weapon for Nina.  However, you will have to go through a lot of stairways to
    get to it, and you'll actually find the treasure chest back inside the
    fort.  Continue west and enter the stairway going down to continue with the 
    dungeon.
    
    Go down the next two stairways, and enter the doorway to find yourself in a 
    cave with a pond inside.  Inside the cave, continue north and you'll find a 
    statue of a Windia soldier.  Talk to it while Nina is in the lead of the 
    marching order, and it will ask you if you wish to go forward and undergo the 
    "test."  Say yes, and Nina will be transported to a different room of the Sky 
    Cave.
    
    As only Nina, you will be in a room where there are a lot of statues and 
    boulders.  The trick here is to continue moving so that the rocks don't 
    block the paths you want to go to.  If a rock is blocking you, take a couple 
    of steps so that it moves away from the spot you want to go to.  If you go 
    east and then north, you can find a treasure chest.  Likewise, going west and
    then north also grants you another treasure chest.  You definitely should get
    both chests, since one of them contains a great piece of armor for Nina.  The
    battles here will be tough for Nina since she's fighting alone, so make sure
    you continually use Smoke items to avoid as many battles as you can.  If Nina
    gets into any battles, cast the Death spell, as it works really well against
    the enemies here.  Make sure you use HelpBLs in-between battles to restore
    Nina's HP.  You can talk with each of the statues if you want, but you need to
    go inside the doorway northwest of where you start inside the room.  However,
    before entering the doorway, make sure Nina's HP is full because you'll be
    fighting a boss shortly.
    
    After entering the doorway, the "Guardian" will ask Nina why she wishes to 
    turn into the Great Bird.  Nina says that it's the only way to save the 
    world, and then the Guardian asks Nina to prove how determined she is by 
    battling with her.  Be prepared.
    
    ##################
    # Boss Battle 29 #
    # Guardian       #
    ##################
    
    The great thing about battling Guardian is that Nina will, usually, be first 
    to attack.  Have Nina cast Freeze to deal about 100 points of damage.  Cast 
    it again and Guardian will be defeated.  This should be an extremely easy 
    battle as long as you followed this strategy.
    
    After defeating Guardian, she'll give you the "mark of the wing," and then 
    reveal her true form as Nina's great, great, great, great grandmother--by the 
    same name.  Nina gets surprised, and her ancestor explains why the power of 
    the Great Bird no longer exists in the family.  She fell in love with someone 
    of a different tribe, and the powers eventually disappeared.  Nina's ancestor 
    then asks you one last question:  do you forgive her for sacrificing the 
    power of their tribe?  Saying yes would probably be the best case scenario
    unless you want Nina to be mean to her ancestor.  After answering her question,
    it's time for you to get back to your party.
    
    Talk to the statues if you wish since their dialogue is different now, but you 
    still have to battle enemies so be cautious.  Talk with the statue in the 
    center of the room and it will ask you if you wish to return to the others--
    say yes.
    
    Back in control of your party, exit Sky Cave and get back inside Windia Fort.
    
                                           *
    
    o------------------o
    | 93.  Windia Fort |
    o------------------o
    o-------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Katt, Nina, Spar |
    | Level:  33                    |
    | Items:  None                  |
    o-------------------------------o
      
    Go back to the king and talk to him with Nina in the lead of the marching 
    order.  Nina will tell her father that she has obtained the mark necessary to 
    become the Great Bird.  The king asks Gramps to escort her to the ceremony, 
    and the rest of your party leaves Nina alone with the king.  The king asks 
    Nina if she is doing this for the right reason, and Nina explains that she's 
    trying to save the world.   The king believes in Nina, and says he'll never 
    forget her.  You'll now be sleeping in your room in preparation of the 
    ceremony.  During nighttime, a scene takes place:  A woman goes inside the 
    dresser and steals the mark of the wing.  Once Nina wakes up, search the 
    dresser and Nina will realize the mark is missing.  She then thinks Mina took 
    it.  Your goal now is to find where Mina is.  Go north outside the bedroom, 
    and head west and enter the southern staircase.  You'll now be in "Ceremonial 
    Tower."
    
                                           *
    
    o-----------------------o
    | 94.  Ceremonial Tower |
    o-----------------------o
    o----------------o
    | Party:  Nina   |
    | Level:  30     |
    | Items:  None   |
    o----------------o
    
    Continue going up the staircases, and you'll spot Mina along the way.  Once 
    you reach the top, Mina will lock the door inside the ceremonial room and 
    Nina will question Mina.  Nina continues to bang the door, and Mina explains 
    that she wants to do her part to save the world.  Mina ends the conversation by
    telling Nina to remember to still call her by her own name when she becomes 
    the Great Bird.  The ceremony begins, and Mina turns into the Great Bird.  
    
    After turning into the Great Bird, Mina tells Nina she is happy to be of 
    service to her.  The rest of the party arrives, and Nina tells them she 
    doesn't want to cry about what just happened, at least not until they defeat 
    the demon who is behind all of this.  You automatically leave Windia and Mina 
    carries you on her back.
    
    Now that you have control of Mina, you may be wondering where to go to next.  
    Although you should find St. Eva Church now, land Mina by pressing the Y 
    BUTTON on the Controller, and go back to Windia and head inside Windia Fort
    (make sure it's daytime or you won't be able to enter).
    
                                           *
    
    o------------------o
    | 95.  Windia Fort |
    o------------------o
    o-------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Katt, Nina, Spar |
    | Level:  33                    |
    | Items:  3                     |
    o-------------------------------o
    o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Items                                                                      |
    | Van.Ext:   Enter through the 2nd door way and open one of the treasure     |
    |            chests.                                                         |
    |                                                                            |
    | SilverHT:  Enter through the 2nd door way and open one of the treasure     |
    |            chests.                                                         |
    |                                                                            |
    | MoonDrop:  Enter through the 2nd door way and open one of the treasure     |
    |            chests.                                                         |
    o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    
    Once inside Windia Fort, enter the second doorway going from west to east.
    The guard will tell you that the king has granted you permission to take what's
    inside the treasure chests, so do so.
    
    It's time now to head for "Evrai."  Evrai is found on a large island south of 
    Guntz, and is only reachable via flight.  It's a big town north of a small 
    hut.  Ignore the hut for now (we'll be going inside it later), and just enter
    Evrai.
    
                    o----------------------------------------------o
                    |!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!|
                    |!!!.--------------------------------------.!!!|
                    |!!!|                                      |!!!|
                    |!!!|              Scenario 19             |!!!|
                    |!!!| The Resistance and the Thieves' Tomb |!!!|
                    |!!!|                                      |!!!|
                    |!!!.--------------------------------------.!!!|
                    |!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!|
                    o----------------------------------------------o
    
    o------------o
    | 96.  Evrai |
    o------------o
    o-------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Katt, Nina, Spar |
    | Level:  34                    |
    | Items:  2                     |
    o-------------------------------o
    o-----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Items                                                                       |
    | -----                                                                       |
    | Tolen:   Search the medicine cabinet inside the first house on the right.   |
    |                                                                             |
    | WiseBL:  Search the medicine cabinet inside the house north of the first    |
    |          two houses.                                                        |
    o-----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    
    Evrai is the home of St. Eva.  Talk with everyone in town, and they'll tell 
    you how wonderful St. Eva is.  Explore all the houses, and make sure you 
    speak to the person in the house north of the first two homes who says, 
    "Let's praise St. Eva..."
    
    Talk to the guard all the way north of town, and he'll tell you that only
    serious believers are allowed inside the "Grand Church."  Exit Evrai, and as
    you try to, you'll find out that you can't.  Go back inside the house north of
    the first two homes and talk to the person again.  She'll introduce herself as
    "Claris," and help you find your way out of town by showing you a secret exit.
    
    She'll tell you that something fishy is definitely going on with St. Eva Church
    and the people of Evrai, as if their souls are being taken away from the
    church.  Claris also tells you that you should head to "Cot Land," as her
    friend there will be of help to you.  Enter the toilet when you're ready.
    
                                           *
    
    o----------------o
    | 97.  Jack Door |
    o----------------o
    o-------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Katt, Nina, Spar |
    | Level:  34                    |
    | Items:  None                  |
    o-------------------------------o
    
    This dungeon is tough if you don't follow the correct path, so don't fool 
    around here.  Surprisingly, there aren't any items in here.  If at any time 
    you feel like you need to rest up your characters, go back up the stairs you 
    just went down to get here, and then talk to Claris in the western room.
    
    From the beginning of the dungeon, you'll notice an opening just to the right 
    of you.  Enter it, and then fall down into the hole.  You'll fall a couple 
    floors down, and then land in a hallway.  Continue north, going up the 
    flights of stairs, and then enter the bronze staircase.  You'll now be out of 
    the dungeon.
    
                                           *
    
    o-------------o
    | 98.  Shrine |
    o-------------o
    o-------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Katt, Nina, Spar |
    | Level:  34                    |
    | Items:  2                     |
    o-------------------------------o
    o---------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Items                                                                     |
    | -----                                                                     |
    | Tolen:     After exiting the Jack Door, search the dresser to your right. |
    |                                                                           |
    | CharmRod:  Search the dresser in the northern room of the 2nd floor.      |
    o---------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    
    It's as if you've stumbled into someone else's home!  Head south into the 
    next room and talk with the man standing in front of you.  He'll ask you what 
    you were doing in there, and then send you off to "your" room.  Before 
    exiting the shrine, head upstairs and search the dresser in the northern room 
    for a CharmRod, which happens to be the best rod in the game.  Now that you 
    have it, you should go to a secret fishing spot east of TownShip, and fish 
    out Ryu's best weapon in the entire game:  the "EmpireSD."
    
    Land Mina on the peninsula just a tad east of TownShip, where there are many 
    silver mountains.  Walk around with what limited space you have, and enter a 
    battle.  You should be fighting weak enemies like Gongheads and E.Sludges.  
    Keep entering battles until you see a fishing spot on the map.  With Ryu in 
    the lead of the marching order, have him stand next to the fishing spot and 
    press the A BUTTON on the Controller to begin fishing.  You should see a ton 
    of fish and a treasure box submerged inside the water.
    
    You'll need to equip yourself before you can actually cast your line, so 
    equip Ryu with a CharmRod and some bait.  The best bait you can have is Gold--
    which you should already have about five of.  You can also use Shrimp because
    the fish in the fishing spot shouldn't be attracted to it as you make your line
    to nab the treasure chest underwater.  Go back to the fishing screen and cast
    your line.  Try to put some power into it and fish the treasure box out of the
    water by rapidly pressing the A BUTTON on the Controller.  If you did it
    correctly, you'll end up with the EmpireSD.  You can fish the EmpireSD without
    using the CharmRod, but it will not be as easy.
    
    Now that you've gotten the EmpireSD, it's time to continue with the game.  
    Remember what Claris told you earlier about Cot Land?  It's south of Farm 
    Town, so just have Mina fly you there.  Before going, though, make sure Katt 
    is in your party if she isn't already.
    
                                           *
    
    o---------------o
    | 99.  Cot Land |
    o---------------o
    o-------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Katt, Nina, Spar |
    | Level:  34                    |
    | Items:  None                  |
    o-------------------------------o
    
    You'll notice some boulders blocking your way north.  Put Katt in the lead of 
    the marching order, and have her activate her special power to break each 
    boulder with her stick.  Talk to the guard up top, and he'll let you pass.  
    Enter the first house to your right, and the boss, "Tiga," will speak to you.
    
    Tiga and Katt chat about St. Eva, and Tiga tells the party that he and his 
    comrades are planning on destroying the Grand Church--the only problem is 
    that they need money, and their "sponsor" left for "Thieves Tomb" and hasn't 
    returned yet.  Katt tells the rest of the party to find the sponsor so they 
    can fight St. Eva together with Tiga.
    
    Thieves Tomb is located on the southeast continent of the world of Breath of 
    Fire II, just south of Highfort, in the desert surrounded by a river.
    
                                           *
    
    o--------------------o
    | 100.  Thieves Tomb |
    o--------------------o
    o-------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Katt, Nina, Spar |
    | Level:  34                    |
    | Items:  6                     |
    o-------------------------------o
    o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Note!                                                                      |
    | -----                                                                      |
    | A:  If you have Nina in your party, have her cast the Angel spell against  |
    |     the enemies you find in this dungeon.  It should be very effective and |
    |     kill them all in one shot.                                             |
    |                                                                            |
    | B:  Look out for enemies who drop a ShinyHT here (a great piece of         |
    |     equipment).                                                            |
    o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    o-----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    | DoubleWP:  On the floor with the moving holes, open the treasure chest      |
    |            north of the stairway leading up.                                |
    |                                                                             |
    | BananaDR:  On the floor with the moving holes, open the treasure chest      |
    |            north of the stairway leading up.                                |
    |                                                                             |
    | ThndrGL:   On the floor with the moving holes, open the treasure chest      |
    |            north of the stairway leading down.                              |
    |                                                                             |
    | SunMask:   On the floor with the moving holes, open the treasure chest      |
    |            north of the stairway leading down.                              |
    |                                                                             |
    | KramerBR:  On the floor with faces that make expressions, open the treasure |
    |            chest south of the old man.                                      |
    |                                                                             |
    | Evidence:  Find the secret switch inside the empty treausre chest and then  |
    |            enter the room for another treasure chest and open it.           |
    o-----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    
    Talk with the thieves on the 1st floor if you'd like.  They tell you that 
    they've given up trying to steal because the traps inside are so difficult to 
    bypass.  Go down the staircase to the lower floor.
    
    On this floor, the Monster Meter will be asleep, meaning you won't have to 
    fight any battles.  However, there are a bunch of moving holes that will 
    cause you to fall into the next floor.  Try  opening all the treasure chests
    without falling down a hole..  Should you fall into the next floor, just go
    back up the staircase nearby.  When you're ready, go down to the next floor.
    
    This floor is completely different from anything you've experienced thus far.  
    Talk to the old man, and he'll explain that the faces on this floor have 
    different expressions:  angry, smile, healthy, and strange.  Step onto one of 
    the faces, encounter a battle, and after returning from the battle, something 
    will happen depending on which face you're currently on (multiple effects are
    numbered for each face).
    
    Face        Color      Effect(s)
    ====        =====      =========
    Angry       Purple     1.  Fall into a trap
                           2.  Lose all but 1 HP
                           3.  Become poisoned
                           4.  Drop 500 C
    
    Smile       Bronze     1.  Obtain 100 C
                           2.  Party recovers full HP and AP
                           3.  Find a shortcut
                           4.  Obtain MoonDrop
    
    Healthy     Green      1.  Character in lead of marching order fully recovers
                               (HP only)
    
    Strange     Blue       1.  Find 1 C
                           2.  Drop 300 C
                           3.  Obtain StarrSD
                           4.  Character in lead of marching order becomes cursed
    
    Perhaps the hardest effect to trigger is obtaining the StarrSD.  It's a
    terrific weapon, but it's not as powerful as the EmpireSD.  If you're not going
    for a perfect file, do not worry yourself over missing it.
    
    Your goal is to find your way north from the path.  It's just like a board 
    game; try not to step onto the purple squares whenever possible or you may 
    fall into a trap and have to start all over again.  Enter the doorway into 
    the next room.
    
    Inside this room, head north, then south, and you'll find someone locked 
    inside.  Step on the dark tiles in front of the gate to open it, and the 
    person will run north into the next room.  Follow her, and you'll discover 
    who the person is:  Patty.  She opens the treasure chest and discovers nothing
    inside, but feels that there's more to it than that.  Talk to Patty again, and
    she'll tell you that there should be a switch inside this room.
    
    Examine the treasure chest Patty opened, and you'll find a switch.  Press the
    switch and a secret passage opens up.  Enter it and you'll be in a room just
    like the previous one.  Open the treasure chest, and you'll find the "Evidence"
    which will help you be able to buy weapons for the resistance against St. Eva.
    Go back to the previous room and Patty will bump into you.  She leaves, and you
    should too.
    
    Go back to Cot Land.
    
                    o---------------------------------------------o
                    |!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!|
                    |!!!.-------------------------------------.!!!|
                    |!!!|                                     |!!!|
                    |!!!|             Scenario 20             |!!!|
                    |!!!| Infiltrating the Holy City of Evrai |!!!|
                    |!!!|                                     |!!!|
                    |!!!.-------------------------------------.!!!|
                    |!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!|
                    o---------------------------------------------o
    
    o----------------o
    | 101.  Cot Land |
    o----------------o
    o-------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Katt, Nina, Spar |
    | Level:  36                    |
    | Items:  None                  |
    o-------------------------------o
    
    Go back inside Tiga's house and he'll greet you.  Patty will be there as 
    well.  Tiga, from out of nowhere, asks Katt to marry him.  Katt gets 
    surprised, and doesn't know what to say.  Tiga thinks that there may be 
    something going on between Ryu and Katt, and then challenges him.
    
    You'll end up outside Tiga's house, and Tiga asks Ryu before fighting him if he
    and Katt are just friends.  Saying yes will prompt Tiga to ask you if it's okay
    with you if he and Katt get married.  If you say no to either of the two
    questions, you'll have to battle it out with Tiga.
    
    #############################
    # Boss Battle 30 (Optional) #
    # Tiga                      #
    #############################
    
    There isn't any way you can win this fight, so in the long run, it doesn't
    matter if you fight him or not because you will lose.
    
    Afterwards, Tiga tells everyone that they will attack tomorrow, and then a 
    scene takes place; Katt is by the bonfire and Tiga approaches her.  Tiga and 
    Katt discuss the idea of love, and Katt tells Tiga that what she feels for him
    really isn't "love."  Tiga doesn't understand, but asks Katt to stand by him 
    when they attack St. Eva Church.
    
    The party wakes up, but as you can tell, Katt isn't with you.  The soldier 
    tells you that it's time for you to head for "Bando" and begin the attack.  
    Exit Cot Land, but before heading for Bando, warp to TownShip and bring in a 
    fourth member into your party.
    
    Now it's time to head for Bando.  Bando is located on the southern tip of the 
    same continent Cot Land is on.  You can get there by walking south from Cot 
    Land, but instead, have Mina fly you there and save yourself the trouble.
    
                                           *
    
    o-------------o
    | 102.  Bando |
    o-------------o
    o-------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Rand, Nina, Spar |
    | Level:  36                    |
    | Items:  3                     |
    o-------------------------------o
    o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Items                                                                      |
    | -----                                                                      |
    | SnakeST:    In the room with a moving doorway, step on the right tile      |
    |             once, and then enter the room and open the treasure chest      |
    |             inside.                                                        |
    |                                                                            |
    | 1000C:      In north/south passage, go south, up the stairs, and then west |
    |             and open the treasure chest nearby.                            |
    |                                                                            |
    | Evrai RD*:  Defeat Father Manson, and open the treasure chest that appears |
    |             afterwards.                                                    |
    o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    
    Enter the church, and you'll find that everyone from the resistance is 
    already here.  Talk with Tiga, and he'll tell the party that it looks like 
    they were too late in their ambush since no one is here.  Katt gets angry and 
    then whacks her staff against the center wall.  To everyone's surprise, a 
    secret passage appears and Tiga asks the party if they think that the priest 
    may be inside.  Saying no will get you nowhere, so just say yes, and go 
    inside the passage.
    
    Keep in mind that this is a dungeon, so be prepared to battle.  From the 
    beginning of the dungeon, head north and a soldier will stop you and tell you 
    that he cannot allow you to continue any further.  This isn't a real boss 
    battle, so just continue to attack him to make short work of him.  
    
    Afterwards, continue north, battling your way through the passage, and you'll 
    spot a set of stairs going down.  As you approach the stairs, the priest will 
    run up to and enter them from his hiding place.  Go down the stairs into the
    next floor.
    
    On this floor, it should become apparent as to what you should do:  step on 
    the two arrow tiles to make the doorway move right or left.  Stepping on the 
    tile with the arrow pointing left makes the doorway move left (but you can't 
    make the doorway move any more left than where it starts out), and stepping 
    on the tile with the arrow pointing right makes the doorway move right.
    
    Here's a table depicting exactly what happens when you step on the right arrow
    tile (by order of number of times).
    
    Step On Right Arrow Tile...     Result After Entering Doorway
    ===========================     =============================
    Once                            A treasure chest containing a weapon for Katt
    Two times                       Two people locked up by the priest
    Three times                     Two more people locked up by the priest
    Four times                      A stairway leading you further into the dungeon
    
    It's not necessary for you to talk with the people locked up by the priest, 
    so don't waste your time going back and forth from the doorway and the tile.  
    Step on the right arrow tile four times and head right to enter the doorway 
    and go down the stairs to continue with the dungeon.
    
    On this floor, you can either go north or south.  Going south leads you to a 
    stairway that will take you to a treasure chest (but also a dead end).  Go
    north if you  want to continue further into the dungeon and then go down the
    set of stairs.
    
    It appears as if you're inside a grave from the look of things.  Go south, 
    east, and then north to find "Father Manson."  Before approaching him, 
    though, make sure Ryu has full AP and everyone have full HP.  Father Manson 
    will ask you if you have something against St. Eva.  The party doesn't
    reply, and he then tells you that he took the "believers" to the Grand Church.
    Father Manson then turns into a demon and summons three Zombies to attack you.
    
    ##################
    # Boss Battle 31 #
    # Zombie X3      #
    ##################
    
    The battle with the Zombies should be easy, so don't waste your AP casting 
    any attack spells.  Cast curative spells and use HelpBLs on your party before 
    defeating the last Zombie, as you'll want to be at full strength before 
    fighting Father Manson.  After defeating the Zombies, Father Manson will want 
    to kill you.  Get ready.
    
    ##################
    # Boss Battle 32 #
    # Necroman       #
    ##################
    
    Have Ryu open up by casting his dragon power.  After that, have Ryu attack 
    for the rest of the battle unless you need him to help curing.  Rand should 
    always attack, or cure when needed.  Nina should continue to cast Hail to 
    inflict maximum damage.  Spar should cast Def-UpX first on the party, and 
    then cast Freeze.  You should be dealing about 400 points of damage per round 
    of combat if you're following this strategy.  Be careful--Necroman can cast 
    the Death spell which can instantly defeat one of your party members.
    
    After defeating Necroman (a.k.a. Father Manson), he'll tell you that the day 
    his "God" will appear will arrive shortly.  A treasure chest suddenly appears,
    so open it for an "Evrai RD," which will allow you to enter and exit Evrai
    freely without any problems.
    
    First, you need to exit the dungeon, so have Spar cast Exit.  Once you're 
    back inside the main floor of the church, you'll discover a priest and a nun.  
    To your surprise, though, it's just Katt and Tiga dressed up in clothing.  
    Katt asks Ryu if they found a way to get to Evrai.  Then, Tiga tells everyone 
    to act like believers of St. Eva and to study their teachings.  As everyone 
    leaves, Katt asks Ryu if he's mad that she decided to stay with Tiga.  Saying 
    no will hurt Katt's feelings a little, so say yes that you're mad (to show
    that Ryu likes her).  Katt will explain that she wants to stand by Tiga when
    they attack St. Eva, but she still doesn't want to be his wife.
    
    The scene switches back to Cot Land, and then Tiga asks the party if they 
    know the teachings of St. Eva.  You probably haven't taken the time to go to 
    a church and learn them, so answer no.  Tiga tells you to learn about St. 
    Eva, and then leaves.  Katt informs you that she and Tiga are off to Evrai, 
    and that they'll meet you at Claris's house.
    
    It's time now to head for HomeTown. 
    
                                           *
    
    o-----------------o
    | 103.  HomeTown  |
    o-----------------o
    o-------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Rand, Nina, Spar |
    | Level:  37                    |
    | Items:  1                     |
    o-------------------------------o
    o--------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Items                                                                    |
    | -----                                                                    |
    | EvansBib*:  Go to the church and donate 20 times (2000 coins in all) for |
    |             it.                                                          |
    o--------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    
    Enter the church a little to the north, talk to the father, and donate 20 
    times for 2000 coins (20 x 100 coin donations).  After the last donation, the 
    father should reward you with "EvansBib," a bible about St. Eva that reveals 
    the full name of Eva:  "Evans."  (Check your Special Item list.)
    
    Change up your party at the dragon shrine in the eastern part of town if you 
    like, but make sure you bring your most powerful characters (including Nina).  
    It's time to fly Mina back to Evrai.
    
                                           *
    
    o-------------o
    | 104.  Evrai |
    o-------------o
    o------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Bow, Rand, Nina |
    | Level:  37                   |
    | Items:  None                 |
    o------------------------------o
    
    As Katt told you earlier, everyone is meeting inside Claris's house, so go on 
    in.  Talk with Tiga, and he'll inform you that Claris hasn't shown up, but 
    that they can't worry about her now.
    
    The scene switches outside of Claris's house, and the resistance gets 
    questioned from the soldier guarding the church.  The soldier asks the 
    resistance members to recite the teachings of St. Eva, but then finishes up 
    before he gets to you.  He assumes that you really do know about the 
    teachings, but as you try to open the door, he decides to ask you one 
    "simple" question:  what is the real name of St. Eva's god?
    
    As you already  found out, it's "Evans," so select that choice.  If you select
    the wrong choice, then you'll have to fight the soldier and defeat him.  After
    answering him, enter through the door and enter St. Eva Church.
    
                                           *
    
    o----------------------o
    | 105.  St. Eva Church |
    o----------------------o
    o------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Bow, Rand, Nina |
    | Level:  37                   |
    | Items:  7                    |
    o------------------------------o
    o-----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Items                                                                       |
    | -----                                                                       |
    | ElemntAR:  On the floor above where you found Daisy, move west and open the |
    |            treasure chest.                                                  |
    |                                                                             |
    | 1000C:     On the floor above where you found Daisy, move south and open    |
    |            the treasure chest.                                              |
    |                                                                             |
    | BlastKN:   On the floor above where Daisy saves Rand, open the nearby       |
    |            treasure chest.                                                  |
    |                                                                             |
    | DmndBR:    After falling down with Habaruku, go into the northern door and  |
    |            open one of the treasure chests.                                 |
    |                                                                             |
    | RainbwRB:  After falling down with Habaruku, go into the northern door and  |
    |            open one of the treasure chests.                                 |
    |                                                                             |
    | CrmsnCL:   In the room with an arrow-moving platform, head east and open    |
    |            the nearby treasure chest.                                       |
    |                                                                             |
    | SkullBR:   Instead of falling east to chase down Habaruka, fall west and    |
    |            open the treasure chest.                                         |
    o-----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    
    Inside the church, there are three doorways, but the one you need to enter is 
    the center one past the stairs.  In the next room, Tiga informs you that 
    "Habaruku," the founder of St. Eva, will be giving a sermon, and when the 
    time is right, they will go after him.  For now, you will be seated and the 
    sermon begins immediately.  Habaruku welcomes everyone and begins by speaking 
    about those who don't believe in St. Eva.  He even goes as far to say that 
    there is a nonbeliever in the room as he speaks.  Katt gets a little nervous, 
    but it seems that Habaruku wasn't talking about the resistance.  A woman--
    more precisely, Claris--appears entrapped inside a bubble!  Everyone at the 
    sermon begins to order her to be killed, and Katt and Tiga just don't know 
    what to do about it.
    
    Then, a surprising next couple of events take place:  Habaruku decides to try 
    to get Claris to become a believer rather than kill her.  But what is so 
    remarkable is that Habaruku is reading Claris's mind and knows all about her 
    and the resistance!  The air gets sucked out of her lungs, and she just can't 
    understand how he's reading her mind.  Habaruku reveals one huge secret about 
    Claris:  she loves Tiga.  Habaruku tells her that Tiga will never save her 
    because she is just a subordinate to him.  Tiga realizes that he is in love 
    with Claris, not with Katt, and vows to try to save her on his own.  Tiga 
    walks up to Habaruku and tells him that he wants to kill him for what he's 
    done.  Tiga tries, but he can't harm Habaruku, and then gets defeated by him.  
    With a snap of his fingers, he tells Claris to "join" Tiga, and kills her!  
    Tiga says Claris's name once last time, and then Habaruku takes care of them 
    both for good.
    
    The scene switches back to the party.  Katt gets enraged and tells Ryu that 
    St. Eva is the problem, not the resistance.
    
    The game now asks you to make a party of four members.  Make a party of Ryu, 
    Rand, Katt, and Spar, or bring your three best characters.  Now that you have 
    control of your party, make sure you equip Katt with the SnakeST, which you 
    might have gotten in Bando, and walk up to Habaruku.  As you approach him, he 
    ends the sermon and enters the eastern door.  Follow him inside, and he'll 
    ask you if you're indeed Tiga's friends.  Ray comes down, and Habaruku orders 
    him to dispose of Ryu and the gang.  Ray says that he has to do what he has 
    to do.  Get ready...
    
    ##################
    # Boss Battle 33 #
    # Ray            #
    ##################
    
    You won't have to use any true offensive strategy for this battle, so just 
    have Ryu attack Ray to make the battle progress and everyone else cure, 
    especially after Ray does his trademark attack which will knock off 140+ 
    points of damage to everyone in the party.  After Ray does this attack, 
    something special will happen, and it's good.  Ryu will learn a new dragon 
    power during the battle:  Gold Dragon.  Check Ryu's spells, and cast "G.Drgn" 
    to hurt Ray--so much so that it ends the battle.
    
    Ray will tell Ryu that he will add his strength to his.  He also mentions 
    that Daisy is being held upstairs, but before he dies, he asks Ryu to create 
    a world where there is a God that everyone can truly believe in.
    
    Back in control of your party, head up the next couple of stairways and 
    you'll find Daisy locked up in a cell.  Habaruku is standing nearby and asks 
    if Ray "knows" you.  He then tells you that Ray was worthless, and leaves.  
    Open up the cell for Daisy by pressing the switch to your left, and put Rand 
    in the lead of the marching order.  Talk to Daisy, and she'll tell you that 
    the gray wall nearby is about to break, and if Rand were to use his special 
    power, he'd be able to break it.  Stand in front of the middle of the wall, 
    and press the Y BUTTON on the Controller to activate Rand's special power and 
    break it.  Daisy tells you to go after the bad guys, so go up the stairs onto 
    the next floor.
    
    On this floor, open the two treasure chests nearby and head east up the next 
    staircase.  On this next floor, put Rand in the lead of your marching order 
    if he isn't already, and activate his special power while in front of the gray 
    wall to break it down.  All seems well until the other sets of walls close in 
    on Rand.  Rand asks the party to leave so they won't see his death in front 
    of their own eyes.  The party leaves, but Daisy comes to the rescue.  Daisy 
    confronts Rand, and then pushes him to safety, only to sacrifice herself for 
    her own son...
    
    Afterwards, Rand rejoins the party and you're now on the next floor.  Open 
    the treasure chest in the center of the room for a BlastKN and have Rand equip
    that.  Go up the next floor.
    
    You should now be out in the open.  Head west and Habaruku will ask you if 
    you will quit following him.  Saying no will not allow you to continue with 
    the game, so say yes.
    
    Afterwards, Habaruku sends some of his minions to fight in his place.  The two
    Archers should be relatively easy for you to defeat.  After defeating them,
    Habaruku runs off.  Follow him (east), and talk to him.  Habaruku seems to be
    playing a game with you, and falls down into the depths of the church, you
    along with him.
    
    Once you land, you'll be on a new floor of the church.  Head into the 
    northeast opening for a treasure chest.  Next, go into the northwest opening
    for another treasure chest and go up the next stairs.
    
    You'll now be in a room with an arrow-moving platform.  Step on the arrows to 
    make the platform move in the direction the arrow is facing.  If you wish to 
    get the treasure chest on this floor, then from the start, step right, up,
    right, right, down, up, and down.  You'll have to fall down after getting the
    chest, but the reward is well worth it (some great armor).  To get to the
    stairs going down, from the start, go right, up, right, right, down, and then
    up.
    
    After going down the stairway, head into the next room.  You'll hear a voice 
    asking who's there.  Proceed north, but be careful because there are eyes who 
    can shoot laser beams that deal 30 points of damage to each of your members.  
    Don't let any of your characters HP get too low here.  Once you make it past 
    the eyes, restore everyone's HP and continue.
    
    Now, after restoring your characters' HP, stand in front of the mirror-like 
    object and search it.  What appears to be an old man held captive by a 
    machine shows itself to you.  The old man begs you to kill him because the 
    machine is sending his energy to a demon that will awaken if he is not 
    killed.  You will now have to fight the machine and the old man...
    
    ############################
    # Boss Battle 34           #
    # Oldman and Guardeye (x3) #
    ############################
    
    Do not, absolutely d-o n-o-t, attack the Old Man!  (Why you might ask?  If you
    must know, you'll need to read the secrets section, but I would rather not
    spoil this for you.)
    
    Instead, concentrate your attacks on each of the Guardeyes, one by one.  This
    means that you can't cast spells that affect multiple targets like Ryu's dragon
    powers (but you can still use his weaker puppy powers to target one Guardeye).
    If you attack the Guardeyes accordingly, you can abuse their elemental
    property by casting a puppy power that is the opposite of the element.
    
    (Keep track of which Guardeyes are casting Flame and Freeze and attack with
    the opposite elemental puppy power.)
    
    Use spells like Freeze that affect only one enemy, and continue to attack.
    Each Guardeye will continue to do the same thing in each round, so it's
    advisable you first defeat the Guardeye who continually casts Flame (the one
    that is below the Old Man) so it doesn't end up defeating your party.  After
    defeating that particular Guardeye, the battle should become a lot easier.
    From there, defeat the other two Guardeyes, and the battle will be over.
    
    After defeating the Guardeyes, the Old Man will thank you and the machine 
    will then get out of control.  St. Eva Church begins to crumble and the old 
    man decides to use his magic to teleport the party back to TownShip.
    
                                           *
    
    o----------------o
    | 106.  TownShip |
    o----------------o
    o------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Bow, Rand, Nina |
    | Level:  37                   |
    | Items:  None                 |
    o------------------------------o
    
    You'll find out soon enough that the Old Man is blind.  The other party 
    members mention Ryu's name and the Old Man asks if he's there.  Take a good 
    second look at the Old Man, and it should become apparent to you that he is 
    none other than Ganer, Ryu's father!  Ganer mentions Yua, and a flashback 
    occurs.
    
    Ganer explains to Ryu what happened on that day several years ago when he found
    a different Gate.  Aruhameru, a demon, stole the memories of the villagers so
    that they would be forced to work for his God.  Ganer opposed him, and was
    soundly defeated and tied to the machine for his punishment.  Ganer then
    mentions that if the demon is no longer gaining energy from St. Eva believers,
    then it's probably getting it from somewhere else.
    
    You now have control of your party.  If you haven't noticed by now, you're 
    actually on the second floor of the Carpenter's house, so exit and your next 
    destination will be the well in the eastern part of town.
    
    Inside the well, enter the main room and you'll find Eichichi getting excited 
    over something very, very big.  She'll tell you that she's discovered a 
    machine that can let TownShip fly.  The only problem is that she has no clue 
    what energy it needs.  Ganer comes in and tells you that the machine runs on 
    human energy, similar to that of the machine that drained his energy to the 
    Demon.
    
    Ganer then attaches himself to the machine and asks the party to find out what
    is wrong with the world.  It seems Ganer is willing to sacrifice his own life
    for a good cause, but don't worry, as it won't come to that, thanks to Eichichi
    who will take care of Ganer.  Once you have control of your party, talk with
    Eichichi and ask her to move the controls.  You now have control of TownShip
    and can fly anywhere you wish.
    
    Your next destination is where you started the game, the town of Gate.  
    Before entering Gate, though, there are two places you should revisit that
    will lead you to recruit two new shamans.  Skip the next two sections if you're
    not interested since they're optional, but it's highly advised you don't.
    
    First, warp back to Farm Town.
    
                             o----------------------------o
                             |!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!|
                             |!!!.--------------------.!!!|
                             |!!!|                    |!!!|
                             |!!!|     Scenario 21    |!!!|
                             |!!!| The Return to Gate |!!!|
                             |!!!|                    |!!!|
                             |!!!.--------------------.!!!|
                             |!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!|
                             o----------------------------o
    
    o-----------------o
    | 107.  Farm Town |
    o-----------------o
    o------------------------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Someone who knows the spell, Warp |
    | Level:  37                                     |
    | Items:  None                                   |
    o------------------------------------------------o
    
    Well, what could be so important for you to postpone your trip to Gate and 
    defeat the demon?  The Earth Shaman, "Solo," of course.  Enter through 
    Daisy's house and step onto the plowing field.  If you donated 2000 coins in 
    the Namanda Shrine, Solo will be standing there.  Talk to her and she'll 
    gladly warp back to TownShip and stay with Granny until you need her.
    
    Now that you have the Earth Shaman, it's time to go after the second shaman,
    which can be found in the church of Bando.  (Remember Bando is on the southern 
    tip of the western continent [just go south of Farm Town]).  Enter Bando when 
    you're ready.
    
                                           *
    
    o-------------o
    | 108.  Bando |
    o-------------o
    o----------------------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Your three strongest characters |
    | Level:  37                                   |
    | Items:  None                                 |
    o----------------------------------------------o
    
    Enter the church and continue north into the secret passageway beneath the 
    statue (this should all be familiar to you).
    
    You're now inside the dungeon.  From the stairway, head north and enter the 
    next stairway going down.  On this next floor, enter the doorway to your 
    right, and you'll find the Holy Shaman, "Seny."  Talk to her and she'll 
    reluctantly head back to Granny so you can unite with her.  Exit Bando.
    
    Now that you've got two new Shamans, you're probably itching for some uniting!
    Head back to TownShip and make your final preparations before departing for
    Gate.
    
                                           *
    
    o----------------o
    | 109.  TownShip |
    o----------------o
    o------------------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Anyone else you deem fit :) |
    | Level:  37                               |
    | Items:  None                             |
    o------------------------------------------o
    
    With the Earth and Holy Shamans, Solo and Seny, we have the following new
    combinations available to us:
    
    Character     Shaman(s)         Bonuses                            Appearance
    =========     =========         =======                            ==========
    Bow           Solo                            +Def.                -
    Bow           Seny              -                                  -
    Rand          Sana  & Solo      +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Rodent
    Rand          Sana  & Seny              +Off.                      -
    Rand          Seso  & Solo      +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Rodent
    Rand          Seso  & Seny      +Wisdom                            -
    Rand          Spoor & Seny                          +Vigor         -
    Rand          Solo                            +Def.                Blue
    Rand          Solo  & Seny      +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Rodent
    Rand          Seny              -                                  -
    Nina          Sana  & Solo              +Off. +Def.                -
    Nina          Sana  & Seny              +Off.                      -
    Nina          Seso  & Solo      +Wisdom       +Def.                -
    Nina          Seso  & Seny      +Wisdom                            -
    Nina          Spoor & Seny      +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Fairy
    Nina          Solo                            +Def.                -
    Nina          Solo  & Seny                    +Def.                -
    Nina          Seny              -                                  -
    Sten          Sana  & Solo              +Off. +Def.                Red
    Sten          Sana  & Seny              +Off.                      Red
    Sten          Seso  & Solo      +Wisdom       +Def.                -
    Sten          Seso  & Seny      +Wisdom                            -
    Sten          Spoor & Seny                          +Vigor         -
    Sten          Solo                            +Def.                -
    Sten          Solo  & Seny                    +Def.                -
    Sten          Seny              -                                  -
    Jean          Seso  & Seny      +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Frogman
    Jean          Spoor & Seny      +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Frogman
    Jean          Seny              +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Frogman
    Spar          Seso  & Solo      +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Sapling
    Spar          Seso  & Seny      +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Sprite
    Spar          Solo              +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Sapling
    Spar          Solo  & Seny      +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Sapling
    
    Now it's time to head for Gate.  The best way to describe where Gate is is to 
    start from TownShip's original location (which is south of HomeTown).  From 
    there, head west until you see the island where Tunlan is located on your 
    screen.  From Tunlan, head north, and once you see a new continent appearing, 
    head east a little to find a burnt down forest and the town, Gate, in the 
    middle of it.  Land TownShip just outside the forest.
    
    ...Or, you can just have someone warp you there!  Gate should be under the 
    list of towns you can warp to at this point in the game.
    
    ...Unfortunately, there's yet another place you should go to before entering 
    Gate.  Put Spar in the lead of the marching order if he isn't already, and 
    enter the Wise Tree near Gate.  (Once again, this next area is optional so
    feel free to skip right to Gate if you don't want to waste any time.)
    
                                           *
    
    o-----------------o
    | 110.  Wise Tree |
    o-----------------o
    o--------------------------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Spar, Your two strongest characters |
    | Level:  37                                       |
    | Items:  None                                     |
    o--------------------------------------------------o
    
    After talking with the tree, you'll understand that it appears the demon is
    sucking away the forest's energy, just as Ganer thought earlier.  There aren't
    any items here, so just leave and enter Gate.
    
                                           *
    
    o------------o
    | 111.  Gate |
    o------------o
    o------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Bow, Katt, Spar |
    | Level:  37                   |
    | Items:  None                 |
    o------------------------------o
    o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Note!                                                                      |
    | -----                                                                      |
    | A:  You must enter Gate during the daytime in order to advance the         |
    |     storyline, so if it's night, just exit, and have Ryu cast TimeWarp.    |
    |                                                                            |
    | B:  The following set of events will permanently prevent you from calling  |
    |     Mina, the bird, while on the field.  Since you have TownShip ready to  |
    |     fly, this won't be anything to worry about.  However, there is one key |
    |     peninsula that features a fishing spot mentioned earlier in the        |
    |     walkthrough, which contains a treasure chest containing the EmpireSD,  |
    |     the best weapon for Ryu, that TownShip will not be able to land on.    |
    |     If you want to get this special weapon, this is your last chance.  See |
    |     Section 98:  Shrine for more information.                              |
    o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    
    As you enter Gate, everything should be completely familiar to you, except 
    for one thing:  the town's residents.  It seems no one is around.  Feel free 
    to search the church and the other homes, but there won't be any items 
    around.  If you enter the northern most house, you can speak to the mayor of 
    Gate, "Ross."  Continue north, and into the opening of trees to enter BushLnd
    once more.
    
                                           *
    
    o---------------o
    | 112.  BushLnd |
    o---------------o
    o------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Bow, Katt, Spar |
    | Level:  37                   |
    | Items:  None                 |
    o------------------------------o
    
    As you should know by now, BushLnd has three paths you can enter.  You can 
    choose the west and east paths since they lead you to more residents of 
    Gate, who will explain to you that they are planning to bomb the Dragon since 
    they believe it is the one responsible for the forest.
    
    Stay on the middle path and you'll spot the priest, "Hulk," standing near the
    Dragon.  Talk to him, and the bombing will begin.  The doors the Dragon was
    protecting open up, and demons come rushing out.  Hulk explains that he had no
    idea the Dragon wasn't responsible for draining the life out of the forest, and
    asks the party if they know someone named Patty.  Hulk asks the party to bring
    Patty to Gate because she knows about the Dragon.
    
    Before heading off to find Patty, though, you should first enter the west 
    opening of BushLnd.  Remember the doors that were sealed before the bombing?
    Now that they are open you can enter them.  So enter the western door (the
    eastern door leads you to the western door, and vice versa, so it doesn't
    actually matter which door you enter), and you'll find the "Devil Shaman"
    walking about.  Talk to her, and she'll introduce herself as "Shin," and head
    to Granny's.  You have now acquired the last of the six shamans in Breath of
    Fire II (congratulations)!
    
    With the last of the six Shamans acquired, it's time to head back to TownShip
    and try out the last set of possible Shaman combinations.
    
                                           *
    o----------------o
    | 113.  TownShip |
    o----------------o
    o------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Bow, Katt, Spar |
    | Level:  37                   |
    | Items:  None                 |
    o------------------------------o
    
    The following table depicts the remaining Shaman combinations involving the
    Devil Shaman, Shin:
    
    Character     Shaman(s)         Bonuses                            Appearance
    =========     =========         =======                            ==========
    Bow           Seny  & Shin      +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Knight
    Katt          Sana  & Shin      +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Ghoul
    Katt          Seso  & Shin      +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Ghoul
    Katt          Spoor & Shin      +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Ghoul
    Katt          Shin              +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Ghoul
    Nina          Sana  & Shin              +Off.              +AP     -
    Nina          Seso  & Shin      +Wisdom                    +AP     -
    Nina          Solo  & Shin                    +Def.        +AP     -
    Nina          Shin                                         +AP     -
    Spar          Sana  & Shin      +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Dragon
    Spar          Seso  & Shin      +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Sprite
    Spar          Spoor & Shin                          +Vigor +AP     Purple
    Spar          Shin                                         +AP     Purple
    
    For the first time in the game, Katt can finally unite with a Shaman!
    Unfortunately, only about half of the team can unite with the Devil Shaman,
    Shin, but there are still many new uniting possibilities for you to explore.
    Be sure to check out Bow's Seny & Shin unite.
    
    Your next destination is Cot Land, which is where Patty is supposed to be 
    right now.  Exit Gate, and have one of your characters warp you there.
    
                  o---------------------------------------------------o
                  |!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!|
                  |!!!.-------------------------------------------.!!!|
                  |!!!|                                           |!!!|
                  |!!!|                Scenario 22                |!!!|
                  |!!!| Hot On the Footsteps of One Elusive Thief |!!!|
                  |!!!|                                           |!!!|
                  |!!!.-------------------------------------------.!!!|
                  |!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!|
                  o---------------------------------------------------o
    
    o----------------o
    | 114.  Cot Land |
    o----------------o
    o------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Bow, Katt, Spar |
    | Level:  37                   |
    | Items:  None                 |
    o------------------------------o
    
    Once you reach Cot Land, head up to the higher level and speak to the blue 
    soldier running outside the houses.  He'll tell you that Patty left for a 
    "restaurant."  That could only mean that our next destination is Wild Cat.
    
    Warp to SimaFort and head north to the Wild Cat Restaurant.
    
                                           *
    
    o----------------o
    | 115.  Wild Cat |
    o----------------o
    o------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Bow, Katt, Spar |
    | Level:  37                   |
    | Items:  None                 |
    o------------------------------o
    
    Enter the dining room inside and talk to the chef on the right.  He'll tell you
    that Patty went to challenge "that grave" one more time.  Exit Wild Cat and
    warp to Highfort.  Then travel by foot to the south near the lake, to reach the
    Thieves Tomb.
    
                                           *
    
    o--------------------o
    | 116.  Thieves Tomb |
    o--------------------o
    o------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Bow, Katt, Spar |
    | Level:  37                   |
    | Items:  None                 |
    o------------------------------o
    
    Insides the Thieves Tomb, talk to the first person on the right wearing the 
    white hood and blue shirt.  He'll tell you that Patty is at the "new town," 
    HomeTown.  Unfortunately, the Capcom translators goofed up here (once again).
    They meant to say TownShip instead of HomeTown.  Warp to TownShip.
    
    
                                           *
    
    o----------------o
    | 117.  TownShip |
    o----------------o
    o------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Bow, Katt, Spar |
    | Level:  37                   |
    | Items:  None                 |
    o------------------------------o
    
    Enter the main house where your party members are staying (a.k.a. the house
    next to the Unity Room).  Go up the stairs to reach the second floor and enter
    the middle of the three doors.  You'll find Patty inside; talk to her.  You
    tell her that the seal on the Dragon has been broken, and then she gets very
    agitated.  Patty then thanks you for telling her, and leaves immediately.
    
    Next stop:  Gate.
    
                                           *
    
    o------------o
    | 118.  Gate |
    o------------o
    o------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Bow, Katt, Spar |
    | Level:  37                   |
    | Items:  None                 |
    o------------------------------o
    
    Head north and enter BushLnd.
    
    
                                           *
    
    o---------------o
    | 119.  BushLnd |
    o---------------o
    o------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Bow, Katt, Spar |
    | Level:  37                   |
    | Items:  None                 |
    o------------------------------o
    
    Take the middle path to get to where the action is.
    
    Talk to Hulk and Patty will begin talking about the Dragon's current state.
    Suddenly, a voice tells everyone to not come close.  The voice reveals itself
    as the Dragon and the Dragon asks everyone to leave immediately in case the
    Demon gets through.
    
    Patty asks Father Hulk if something is wrong, and then Hulk reveals his true 
    identity:  Habaruku.  Habaruku tells everyone the story of the seal and how 
    the Dragon Clan is responsible for sealing the Demon God.  Habaruku levitates 
    Patty high up in the air and says that the only way to undo the seal is to 
    kill one of the Dragon Clan--Patty.  The Dragon suddenly moves and throws 
    Patty into the bushes, thus saving her from death.  Habaruku gets angry, and
    then the Dragon asks Ryu and everyone to leave immediately.
    
    Instead, talk to Habaruku and you'll challenge him to a fight.  Get Ready...
    
    ##################
    # Boss Battle 35 #
    # Babaruku       #
    ##################
    
    (Another mistake by the game calling Habaruku, "Babaruku," when you fight him.  
    This is just another typo, so don't get confused by this.)
    
    The best strategy to defeat Habaruku is to have Ryu immediately open up by 
    casting Gold Dragon for 999 damage points.  Have your other characters use 
    WFruits and WiseBLs on Ryu to immediately restore his AP so that he can cast 
    it again in the second next turn.  With Ryu in-between turns, waiting to get 
    his AP maxed, have him attack with the EmpireSD, which should knock off a 
    couple hundred points of damage.  If Habaruku gets a chance to cast one of 
    his strong attack spells, make sure Bow casts Cure3 on the party or it could 
    spell disaster.  Repeat the process and Habaruku should go down in no time.
    
    After defeating Habaruku, he gives a farewell speech about how there will be 
    a day when the Demon God will show himself to the world, and that the world 
    will truly suffer.  The Dragon tells you that Habaruku is merely being 
    controlled by the Demon, and that the Demon can no longer receive energy from 
    St. Eva since all of its founders are now officially dead.
    
    The Dragon then asks Ryu an extremely important question:  should he allow 
    the Dragon to continue protecting the seal, hoping that the Demon won't be 
    able to show itself and break the seal, or does he want to confront the Demon 
    now and defeat it.  If you choose to "Wait," and reinforce your decision by 
    answering "Yes" again, you will get the worst ending in Breath of Fire II.  
    In other words, do not select "Wait" if you wish to continue the game.
    
    If you choose "Wait," the ending will tell you that the Demon became too strong 
    for even Ryu to challenge, and that the world's history will be frozen 
    forever, which sounds quite chilling when you see the picture of the Demon 
    and all of its minions.
    
    After selecting "Defeat," make sure you answer "Yes" when the Dragon asks if 
    you really wish to defeat the Demon now.  The Dragon then raises her hands 
    and transforms into, what appears to be, a human with wings.  She calls Ryu 
    her "child," and asks that Ryu never regret the decision he just made.  Since 
    the only way the seal can be broken is to sacrifice one member of the Dragon 
    Clan, Ryu's mother--the Dragon--sacrifices herself for the benefit of the 
    world.
    
    The gate is now open and you are free to enter the final dungeon in Breath of
    Fire II:  Infinity.
    
    Before you go on, though, it is recommended that you leave Gate and complete 
    the last set of side quests in Breath of Fire II, including getting a secret 
    character that has the potential to aid you greatly with her magic.  In 
    addition, if you've been following the suggested levels so far, you'll 
    definitely need to level up your party members even more.  Whatever you 
    decide to do, make certain you save your game first after that tough battle
    against Habaruku.
    
    The first side quest you should complete is getting the secret character of 
    Breath of Fire II.  Fly TownShip, or ride Grandpa to the shore spot just 
    southeast of the Thieves Tomb (there should be brown mountains in-between).  
    You should now be on a desert.  Try walking on this small area of desert and 
    you'll notice an unusual looking square that could pass as a whirlpool; it's 
    just a couple steps north of the shore spot itself.  Step on it to enter 
    "Blue Room."
    
                        o---------------------------------------o
                        |!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!|
                        |!!!.-------------------------------.!!!|
                        |!!!|                               |!!!|
                        |!!!|          Scenario 23          |!!!|
                        |!!!| On the Verge of His Awakening |!!!|
                        |!!!|                               |!!!|
                        |!!!.-------------------------------.!!!|
                        |!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!|
                        o---------------------------------------o
    
    o-----------------o
    | 120.  Blue Room |
    o-----------------o
    o----------------o
    | Party:  Anyone |
    | Level:  37     |
    | Items:  2      |
    o----------------o
    o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Items                                                                      |
    | -----                                                                      |
    | Cond.Up:  Take the northeast path and search the only unopened dresser.    |
    |                                                                            |
    | Tolen:    Take the northeast path and open the treasure chest on the left  |
    |           side.                                                            |
    o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    
    Speak to the two spirits in the first room and they'll tell you that "Bleu" 
    is out.  The northwest path takes you to a bathroom, but there's not really 
    much you can do inside.  The northeast path takes you to another spirit who 
    tells you a little about Bleu's nature.  You can find a couple of items 
    stashed in this room, but other than that, there's nothing else left to do 
    here.
    
    Leave Blue Room and then warp to HomeTown.  Once inside, go to the Magic 
    School.
    
                                           *
    
    o--------------------o
    | 121.  Magic School |
    o--------------------o
    o----------------o
    | Party:  Anyone |
    | Level:  37     |
    | Items:  None   |
    o----------------o
    
    Go up the stairs to the second floor and head to the classroom on the west
    side.  Speak to the southwest-most pupil and she'll reveal herself as the one,
    the only, Bleu.  She forcefully joins your party, thus concluding your quest in
    retrieving the secret character of Breath of Fire II.
    
    Bleu joins in at LV35, which is just about the same level your party members 
    are probably at right now.
    
    Now that you have all the characters in the game, you might as well try 
    getting some of the best equipment to equip them all with.  Next stop is
    "Nightrider Island."
    
    Nightrider Island is found directly east of Evrai.  (Remember, Evrai is on the 
    island south of Guntz.)  Nightrider Island is a somewhat small island that 
    features a hut and some palm trees, so keep your eyes open.  Once you reach 
    the island (which can only be accessed via flight), enter the hut.
    
                                           *
    
    o-----------o
    | 122.  Hut |
    o-----------o
    o----------------o
    | Party:  Anyone |
    | Level:  37     |
    | Items:  None   |
    o----------------o
    
    There's no items here, but there is a merchant who can sell you some powerful 
    equipment.  This, and Baretta's shop in TownShip, feature some of the best 
    equipment in the game.  Buy whatever you can with what money you have, but 
    you should be building up your characters levels now anyway to get even more
    coins.  Here's a short synopsis on the Nightrider Shop's wares:
    
    Item         Character(s)     Details
    ====         ============     =======
    DamageSD     Ryu              Buy this if you never got the EmpireSD
    EmblemRP     Jean             Third Best rapier
    
    It is recommended for the final part of the game that you have a party of 
    Ryu, Bow, Rand, and Bleu.  Or, you can substitute Bow or Bleu for either Nina 
    or Katt.  It's your preference, though, so go with what's been working for you
    thus far.
    
    To build up levels quickly, fight on Monster Island (which is directly south 
    of Evrai) and Nightrider Island.  On Monster Island, every so often, you'll 
    encounter a party of three K.Sludges; defeat them to earn over 80,000 EXP.
      
    While the enemies on Monster Island give out more EXP, overall, there is an 
    enemy on Nightrider Island called (appropriately enough), N.Rider who drops 
    arguably the best shield in the game, the "MedusaSH," and Jean's best weapon, 
    the "NoTwinRP."  Both of these items are very rare drops though, so you may
    want to bring a Sana & Spoo Shaman bonded Sten along for his Sweh command.
    
    To add further insult to injury, the N.Rider pops up rarely, so be prepared to
    spend a good amount of time fighting the D.Brngers.  N.Rider appears only at
    night time, so a good strategy would be to use Timewarp when it's day time if
    your goal is to encounter him as quickly as possible.
    
    Try to gain at least ten levels so that Ryu is in his late level 40s.  If you
    really want to be prepared for what lies ahead, level up to LV 50.
    
    Head to TownShip while you're leveling for some other side quests.
    
                                           *
    
    o----------------o
    | 123.  TownShip |
    o----------------o
    o----------------o
    | Party:  Anyone |
    | Level:  37     |
    | Items:  None   |
    o----------------o
    
    As just mentioned earlier, Baretta's Shop in TownShip sells some of the best 
    equipment in the game.  Go check on her if you haven't recently, and you'll 
    find she's got quite some new wares in.  (Note:  Apparently, if you didn't
    recruit Baretta before the fall of Evrai she will not be selling these new
    wares.)
    
    Item         Character(s)     Details
    ====         ============     =======
    DeathBW      Bow              Best bow
    KaiserKN     Rand             Best knuckle
    AmberRG      Nina and Bleu    Second best ring
    MotherRB     Various          One of the best armors in the game
    HeroAR       Various          One of the best armors in the game
    ShinyHT      Various          One of the best helmets in the game
    HolySH       Various          One of the best shields in the game
    
    You'll notice I said the HeroAR is one of the best armors in the game, but
    it's not the best overall.  Now it's time to find the best armor in the game,
    the "LifeAR."  The LifeAR is found in a treasure box in a fishing spot east of
    ShowCave 1F.  Have someone warp to Gate for you, and then head west.  
    Continue fighting enemies until you see a fishing spot just east of the cave.
    
    As mentioned previously when fishing for the EmpireSD, it is recommended you 
    bring the CharmRod and Gold bait to fish out the LifeAR.  You should have 
    acquired a couple of Golds by this point in the game, so hopefully you just 
    put them in the Bank if you can't find them in your party inventory.  Of
    course, you don't have to use Golds as your bait; in fact you can fish the
    LifeAR out just by using Worms.
    
    In preparation for Infinity--the final dungeon of the game--and since you've 
    recently just acquired the last three shamans (Earth, Holy, and Devil), you 
    may find the following information useful.  It's a chart of every character 
    (all possible seven of them)'s best shaman fusion.  Some characters have 
    multiple outstanding fusions, so this list will help you decide on which 
    characters you wish to bring for the final showdown against the Demon God.  
    It's possible to bring three characters (other than Ryu) fused into their 
    best possible form simultaneously!
    
    Character     Shaman(s)         Bonuses                            Appearance
    =========     =========         =======                            ==========
    Bow           Seny  & Shin      +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Knight
    Rand          Sana  & Solo      +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Rodent
    Rand          Seso  & Solo      +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Rodent
    Rand          Solo  & Seny      +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Rodent
    Katt          Sana  & Shin      +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Ghoul
    Katt          Seso  & Shin      +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Ghoul
    Katt          Spoor & Shin      +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Ghoul
    Katt          Shin              +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Ghoul
    Nina          Spoor & Seny      +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Fairy
    Sten          Sana  & Spoor     +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Warrior
    Jean          Seso  & Seny      +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Frogman
    Jean          Spoor & Seny      +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Frogman
    Jean          Seny              +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Frogman
    Spar          Sana  & Shin      +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Dragon
    Spar          Seso              +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Sprite
    Spar          Seso  & Spoor     +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Sprite
    Spar          Seso  & Solo      +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Sapling
    Spar          Seso  & Seny      +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Sprite
    Spar          Seso  & Shin      +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Sprite
    Spar          Solo              +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Sapling
    Spar          Solo  & Seny      +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Sapling
    
    The final side quest for Infinity involves the Cook Carpenter, the Item Shop 
    in Guntz, and the two TownShip tenants, Hanz and Daiye.  If you've chosen 
    the Cook Carpenter in TownShip (found in the house near the well), have him 
    cook up some valuable items.  The following table shows what items you can
    cook, what effect the item has, and the recipe required for the item.
    
    Item         Effect        Recipe                  Recipe Location(s)
    ====         ======        ======                  ==================
    PwrFood      +Str.         2 Medicates             Hanz
    Stamina      +Stmna        1 F.Spice + 2 Tunas     Guntz Item Shop & Daiye
    Dinker       +Agil.        2 Frizbees              Guntz Item Shop
    MisoSoup     +Wisdom       2 F.Spices              Guntz Item Shop
    LuckCndy     +Luck         1 F.Spice + 1 ShaceIce  Guntz Item Shop
    GutsBL       +Guts         2 ShaveIces             Guntz Item Shop
    Biscuit      +HP (All)     2 Dinkers               Result of cooking
    WiseBL       +100 AP       1 Stamina + 2 Tunas     Result of cooking & Daiye
    Herb         +HP           2 Charcoals             Failed cooking attempts
    
    The Biscuit is an extremely important 'battle-only' item that restores all your
    party members' HP, and increases their defense.  The WiseBL restores 100 AP to
    any one character, which will prove useful in case you wish to fully restore
    Ryu's AP so he can do substantial damage with his Dragon Powers.  Make sure you
    cook up at least 18 WiseBLs and about a dozen Biscuits; you'll need them
    desperately for the final battle.
    
    Make sure you spend all the coins you possibly can, beefing up your 
    characters' strength, stamina, agility, wisdom, and guts.  If you're out of 
    coins and are really into raising your characters' stats, try the following 
    strategy out:
    
    Buy three Cond.Ups from Hanz and cook all three of them.  You'll end up with a
    GoldBar, which you can sell for 6000 coins.  The three Cond.Ups will cost you
    3000, so you're making a profit of that same amount every time you sell the
    GoldBar.
    
    Now you have no excuses not to be able to have powered up characters.  One last
    note about cooking:  there's a 1/8 chance that you may produce a Charcoal item
    instead of the intended item you wished to cook.  This is normal, and doesn't
    happen frequent enough to get upset about.
    
    Once you've acquired all the items needed, beefed up your characters greatly, 
    and finished up any last-minute errands, it is now time to enter Infinity,
    which rests beyond the main center door the Dragon was protecting in BushLnd,
    in the town of Gate.
    
                    o----------------------------------------------o
                    |!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!|
                    |!!!.--------------------------------------.!!!|
                    |!!!|                                      |!!!|
                    |!!!|              Scenario 24             |!!!|
                    |!!!| Climbing Down the Depths of Infinity |!!!|
                    |!!!|                                      |!!!|
                    |!!!.--------------------------------------.!!!|
                    |!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!|
                    o----------------------------------------------o
    
    o----------------o
    | 124.  Infinity |
    o----------------o
    o------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Bow, Rand, Bleu |
    | Level:  47                   |
    | Items:  15                   |
    o------------------------------o
    o-----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Note!                                                                       |
    | -----                                                                       |
    | Infinity features some enemies that can cast the Death spell, bringing your |
    | characters to zero HP and removing their bonded shaman form.  This is bound |
    | to happen to one (if not all) of your characters at some point during your  |
    | trip through the dungeon, so do not worry about losing the special shaman   |
    | benefits.                                                                   |
    o-----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    o-----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Items                                                                       |
    | -----                                                                       |
    | ShinyBR:   On the 1st floor of Infinity, circle around the room and open    |
    |            the treasure chest.                                              |
    |                                                                             |
    | BusterBW:  On the 2nd lowest floor, head east and have Sten reach the stake |
    |            and open the treasure chest.                                     |
    |                                                                             |
    | NatureWP:  On the 2nd lowest floor, head south, then west past the door,    |
    |            and open the treasure chest.                                     |
    |                                                                             |
    | ShinyHT:   On the 2nd lowest floor, head south and enter the doorway and    |
    |            open the treasure chest.                                         |
    |                                                                             |
    | Stamina:   On the 3rd lowest floor, circle around the room from the second  |
    |            highest level and open the treasure chest.                       |
    |                                                                             |
    | PwrFood:   On the 3rd lowest floor, circle around the room from the second  |
    |            lowest level and open the treasure chest.                        |
    |                                                                             |
    | HeroAR:    On the 4th lowest floor, head north then south through the door  |
    |            and into the room and open the treasure chest.                   |
    |                                                                             |
    | MotherRB:  On the 4th lowest floor, head north then south through the door  |
    |            and into the room and open the treasure chest.                   |
    |                                                                             |
    | CrsntSD:   On the 4th lowest floor, head north, then west, while circling   |
    |            room and open the treasure chest.                                |
    |                                                                             |
    | HolySH:    On the 11th lowest floor, keep going south across the steps and  |
    |            open the treasure chest.                                         |
    |                                                                             |
    | SunMask:   On the 11th lowest floor, head north after getting HolySH and    |
    |            the treasure chest.                                              |
    |                                                                             |
    | ImortlRG:  On the 11th lowest floor, head east, following the path across   |
    |            the steps and open the treasure chest.                           |
    |                                                                             |
    | ShadowDR:  On the 11th lowest floor, after getting the ImortlRG, head south |
    |            and open the treasure chest.                                     |
    |                                                                             |
    | DreamBR:   On the 11th lowest floor, after getting the ShadowDR, head west, |
    |            then southeast and open the treasure chest.                      |
    |                                                                             |
    | FinalKN:   On the 11th lowest floor, after getting the DreamBR, go east,    |
    |            then south, then west and open the treasure chest.               |
    o-----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    
    Once inside Infinity, you'll be able to either go west or east.  Both
    directions connect around the room, but going east will take you to the stairs
    leading to the lower level quicker by a couple of steps.  You'll notice a stake
    left of you after going down the steps, but don't worry if you don't have Sten
    in your party since it doesn't take you anywhere special.  Get to the next
    lower level by walking down the next set of steps.  Travel east to find a
    treasure chest, and then head south and enter the stairway down leading to the
    2nd lowest floor.
    
    On the 2nd lowest floor, head south, following the steps, then east across the
    skinny path.  You'll come across a stake that leads to a treasure chest
    containing a BusterBW, so the only way you can access it is if you have Sten
    activate his special power (non specially bonded Sten).  There's no need to
    acquire this treasure chest if you bought the DeathBW from Baretta in TownShip,
    since it's the better weapon, unless you're going for a perfect file.  Continue
    south of the stake across the next set of steps and then head west.  You'll be
    able to go enter a doorway or go south and enter the stairs leading to the next
    floor.  As well, if you go west of the doorway, then north, you'll reach a
    treasure chest at the dead-end containing a NatureWP.  Ignore the stairway
    south of the doorway because you'll miss a treasure chest if you take it, 
    even though it takes you to the next floor.  Enter the doorway, get the
    treasure chest, and go down the stairs right of the chest to reach the 3rd
    lowest floor.
    
    On the 3rd lowest floor, if you go down the first set of steps and circle the
    room, you'll reach a treasure chest at the dead-end.  Go down the steps and
    continue circling the room, getting the treasure chest on the second lowest
    level of the room.  Enter the stairway in the center of the room to reach the
    4th lowest floor.
    
    On the 4th lowest floor, you'll be able to go north or go down the steps.
    Taking the path north will lead you to three treasure chests (two you'll find
    east and then south into the doorway, and one you'll find by heading west and
    circling the entire room), while going down the steps will take you where you
    need to go.  Go down the steps south of the stairs, head west and take the
    western upper path (the eastern upper path leads to a dead-end).  Go down the
    next set of steps and enter the stairway south leading you to the 5th lowest
    floor of Infinity.
    
    The next six floors (count them as you go down each one of them) consist of 
    small rooms with stairways leading you further and further into Infinity.  Do 
    not be fooled even though the floors look as if they are repeating 
    themselves; you are not in some sort of "infinity" trap, but are actually
    descending Infinity.  These floors are the 5th through 10th floors.
    
    On the 11th lowest floor of Infinity, you'll finally reach a different 
    looking area.  This is actually an extremely large floor filled with stairs 
    (not to be confused with stairways).  From the start of the floor, you can 
    either go south or east.  Going south will eventually take you to two
    treasure chests, but a dead-end follows.  Go after the treasure chests if you
    wish, but only if your party is doing fine and you still have a good amount of
    AP to work with.  Otherwise, skip the treasure chests and just head east.
    
    Continuing east, follow the path of steps, making sure you get the treasure
    chest containing the ImortlRG, the most powerful weapon for Nina and Bleu.
    
    Head south from the ImortlRG chest and you'll be able to go west or continue
    south.  Continuing south will lead you to a dead-end with a treasure chest
    containing a ShadowDR.  Go west and continue traveling across the steps and
    you'll have a choice between going southwest and southeast.  Going southwest
    takes you to a dead-end, so go southeast and get the treasure chest nearby.
    
    Travel east and then south and you'll be able to continue going south or west.
    Head west since going south leads to (yet another) dead-end, and get the
    treasure chest along the way for the FinalKN (despite what its name implies,
    it's not Rand's best weapon).  You'll eventually be able to go north or south.
    North leads to another dead-end, so head south, continuing across the sets of
    steps.  You should (finally) see a stairway leading you to the next floor of
    Infinity, so go down it.
    
    Now on the 12th and final floor of Infinity, you'll find yourself in the 
    center of a large empty room.  Simply head south and enter the passage to 
    reach a new area...
    
                                           *
    
    o----------------o
    | 125.  Dologany |
    o----------------o
    o------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Bow, Rand, Bleu |
    | Level:  48                   |
    | Items:  None                 |
    o------------------------------o
    
    An old man appears before you (appearing in a state of surprise) claiming 
    that Ryu, no doubt, is the destined child.  He then welcomes the party to 
    "Dologany," the town of the Dragon Clan, and asks that you see the Elder, as 
    everyone in town has been waiting for Ryu.
    
    You are automatically sent to the Elder who explains a story that happened
    long ago.  The story is about a brave dragon that defeated the Goddess,
    "Miria."  After defeating her, the world was at peace...for a time.  You see,
    Miria left behind a "scar" of some sort, a seed of darkness called "Deathevn."
    
    The Elder explains that the reason they decided to not try to kill Deathevn is 
    because he still did not have a shape.  After growing in power from the 
    world's negativity and St. Eva, Deathevn has not only become something real 
    and visible, he has the potential to grow even more; so much more that if he 
    is not defeated now, there will be nothing alive that will be able to take 
    him down.  The Elder explains that this is the time to take action, or else 
    it could spell disaster for the world.
    
    After the Elder's story is finished, you'll have control of your party.  If 
    you leave the room without talking to the old man in orange clothing nearby, 
    you won't be able to continue the game.  Talk to the old man and he'll 
    introduce himself as Ryu's grandfather, and Valerie's father.  After speaking 
    with him, exit the room...
    
                                           *
    
    o--------------------------o
    | 126.  Dologany (Valerie) |
    o--------------------------o
    o-----------------o
    | Party:  Valerie |
    | Level:  None    |
    | Items:  None    |
    o-----------------o
    
    Suddenly, you now have control of just Valerie inside Dologany.  Go back 
    inside the building you came out of just now and speak to the two people 
    inside.  It's Valerie's father, and the Elder.  After talking to them, it's
    apparent that Valerie is about to undergo an important task.  Leave the 
    building and go down the ladder to your left to reach the lower level of 
    Dologany.
    
    Speak to the Dologany residents in the houses if you wish, but you must speak 
    to Valerie's grandmother and say your goodbyes to her.  She's the woman 
    covered in a blue cloak in the eastern-most building on the lower level.  After
    speaking to her, go back to the upper level of Dologany and enter the 
    building Valerie's father and the Elder are in.
    
    "Martin" (Valerie's father) will give Valerie a jewel called the "Tear of the
    Dragon" to help her when she leaves for the world outside.  The reason she is
    leaving Dologany is because the only way the Dragon Clan will know when the
    time is right to strike Deathevn is when the world begins to die.  Afterwards,
    you are sent near the entrance to Dologany with the Dragon Clan hearing
    Valerie's last words of wisdom before she departs.
    
    After Valerie leaves Dologany she finds herself in Bush Land.
    
                                           *
    
    o-------------------------o
    | 127.  BushLnd (Valerie) |
    o-------------------------o
    o-----------------o
    | Party:  Valerie |
    | Level:  None    |
    | Items:  None    |
    o-----------------o
    
    Head down the path until you reach the town of Gate.
    
                                           *
    
    o----------------------o
    | 128.  Gate (Valerie) |
    o----------------------o
    o-----------------o
    | Party:  Valerie |
    | Level:  None    |
    | Items:  None    |
    o-----------------o
    
    The houses are all locked.  The church is open, though, so enter it.  Head left
    and talk to Ganer behind the desk.  You'll find out that Ganer has fallen in
    love with Valerie at first sight, just by looking at the Dragon Tear.  Not only
    that, but Valerie seems to have falling in love with Ganer as well.
    
    The scene switches outside the church, with Valerie praying to the Dragon 
    God.  You find out that Valerie and Ganer are now married, and that Valerie 
    is carrying her second child.  Once you have control of Valerie again, head 
    back inside the church and travel to the second floor above.  Enter the room 
    to find Ryu, and talk to him.  He'll tell Valerie how he'll be the boss of 
    the next child, assuming it will be a boy.  Valerie asks Ryu what if the 
    child she is carrying is a girl, and Ryu says he won't be the boss of her.  
    Valerie tells Ryu to take care of the new child.  Leave the room and go down 
    the stairs.
    
    Ganer will confront Valerie and ask her to pray to St. Eva with him.  As the 
    family prays, Valerie wonders to herself about St. Eva and how strange it is.  
    Time passes, and Valerie and Ganer now have two children.  The next scene 
    shows Valerie and Ganer in the church.  An earthquake occurs, prompting them 
    to find out what's going on outside.  Before going outside, you should go see 
    Yua and Ryu in their room upstairs.  Leave the church when you're ready.
    
    You find out that demons have taken over the village.  Ganer fights with one 
    and asks Valerie to head back inside the church.  Instead, talk to the man 
    near the Dragon Shrine to find out that the demons are coming from the back 
    mountains.  You should now go to Bush Land.  (The demons you find in the 
    village won't fight you, so do not be afraid of them.)
    
                                           *
    
    o-------------------------o
    | 129.  BushLnd (Valerie) |
    o-------------------------o
    o-----------------o
    | Party:  Valerie |
    | Level:  None    |
    | Items:  None    |
    o-----------------o
    
    Take the middle path up, passing the next demon by, and search the door.  
    You'll find out that the seal has weakened a bit and that the demons are able 
    to come from the crack that Deathevn has created.  Valerie decides to seal 
    the doors permanently by transforming into a dragon.  Valerie says her 
    goodbyes to herself and then changes into the dragon, sitting on top of the 
    gates the demons came out of.
    
    The scene changes back inside Gate with Ryu calling out to his mom.  A demon 
    attempts to attack Ryu, but Ganer defeats him just in time.  The two decide 
    to go to Bush Land and see what's going on.  After seeing the dragon, Ryu 
    notices the Dragon Tear shining.  Ryu and Ganer continue to ask themselves 
    where Valerie could be, and the Valerie scenario is concluded.
    
    You are now returned back to the real game, inside Dologany.
    
                                           *
    
    o----------------o
    | 130.  Dologany |
    o----------------o
    o------------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Bow, Rand, Bleu |
    | Level:  48                   |
    | Items:  None                 |
    o------------------------------o
    
    Back in control of your party, you'll be outside the Elder's building.  Talk 
    to the old man in orange clothing to learn about a special power called 
    "Anfini."  Head down the steps on your left to reach the lower level of 
    Dologany and enter second of the three small buildings to rest and buy some 
    items, if you need them.  Make sure you save your game using the Dragon 
    Shrine on the upper level and head through the door of the tower (surrounded 
    by green fire) on the lower level.  Ryu must be in the lead of the marching 
    order.  You'll now be back inside Infinity.
    
    Note:  To differentiate between the two Infinities between Dologany, I will
    refer to this new Infinity as Infinity II.
    
                                           *
    
    o-------------------o
    | 131.  Infinity II |
    o-------------------o
    o-----------------------------o
    | Party:  Ryu, Bow, Rand Bleu |
    | Level:  48                  |
    | Items:  10                  |
    o-----------------------------o
    o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Note!                                                                      |
    | -----                                                                      |
    | A:  "Eastern Ladder" and "Southern Ladder" refer to the ladders found on   |
    |     the 3rd lowest floor that produce a two-way branch that continues for  |
    |     the rest of Infinity II  (See Items box below.)                        |
    |                                                                            |
    | B:  If you feel that you are a little under-leveled, now would be a great  |
    |     time to level up some more.  The enemies here are tough, but they give |
    |     out good EXP.  In addition, if you have Katt in your party, you should |
    |     consider getting the MeowST:  her best weapon.  Carms, the grim        |
    |     reaper-like enemies, drop it every now and then.  Whenever you're low  |
    |     on AP, have one of your characters cast Exit and you'll be returned to |
    |     Dologany so you can rest.                                              |
    o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    o-----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    | Items                                                                       |
    | -----                                                                       |
    | Noe'sRB:   On the 2nd lowest floor, move southwest from the Anfini doorway  |
    |            and open the nearby treasure chest.                              |
    |                                                                             |
    | RiotST:    On the 3rd lowest floor, head into the next room, then west and  |
    |            open the treasure chest.                                         |
    |                                                                             |
    | HolyRP:    On the Eastern Ladder's path of the 4th lowest floor, head       |
    |            south, then west, and into the doorway and open the treasure     |
    |            chest.                                                           |
    |                                                                             |
    | DragonSH:  On the Eastern Ladder's path of the 5th lowest floor, go         |
    |            through the northern passage and into the room and open the      |
    |            treasure chest.                                                  |
    |                                                                             |
    | DragonAR:  On the Eastern Ladder's path of the 6th lowest floor, head north |
    |            of the orb and open the treasure chest.                          |
    |                                                                             |
    | DragonSD:  On the Eastern Ladder's path of the 7th lowest floor, head north |
    |            past the orb and into room and open the treasure chest.          |
    |                                                                             |
    | HolySH:    On the Southern Ladder's path of the 5th lowest floor, head      |
    |            south from 6th floor's ladder and open the treasure chest.       |
    |                                                                             |
    | DragonHT:  On the Southern Ladder's path of the 4th lowest floor,  head     |
    |            east from 5th floor's leading ladder and open the treasure       |
    |            chest.                                                           |
    |                                                                             |
    | LifeBR:    With Katt in the lead of the marching order, whack directly      |
    |            to the right of Barubary, then have Sten reach to get to a       |
    |            treasure chest and open it.  (See walkthrough below for more     |
    |            information.)                                                    |
    |                                                                             |
    | KingHT:    In the room that the orb takes you (after Barubary), head        |
    |            southwest and open the treasure chest.                           |
    o-----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
    
    On the 1st floor here, your goal is to simply step on the tile in the 
    center of the room.  You'll be transported down on a platform elevator to the 
    next floor.  Something worth noting here is that you'll only be fighting 
    groups of E.Sludges, which are the green slime enemies you fought in the 
    beginning of the game.
    
    On the 2nd lowest floor, head south, following the trail of steps.  You'll 
    spot a doorway you can enter to your right, so follow the path right to enter 
    it.
    
    Inside the room, head north and drink from the clear water to restore your 
    HP/AP.  Talk to the wise men in white clothing to learn more about Anfini, 
    the ultimate power of the dragon.  Talk to the wise man in red clothing in 
    the center.  He'll ask you if you have any questions regarding the dragon 
    power, so say yes.  Ryu and the Wise Man of the Dragon will be shifted to a 
    different room.
    
    The Wise Man of the Dragon will ask you to speak to the people in the rooms
    first, so start by doing that.
    
    From left to right, you'll notice seven accessible entrances leading to
    different rooms.  A Breath of Fire II character occupies each room, and in the
    rooms, you must speak to each character so that they 'join' your party.  After
    they join you, continue north into the next room and talk to the character (who
    will automatically be standing in the center of the room).  When finished
    conversing, head back to the main room and repeat the process for the next 
    characters.
    
    BOW        RAND        KATT        NINA        JEAN        STEN        SPAR
    
    This is the order the characters are shown in the rooms, going from left to
    right.  After talking to the characters, the Wise Man of the Dragon will ask
    you to enter the doorway in the middle and speak to the person inside; do so.
    
    Continue north into the next room and you'll find Ryu, yourself.  Talk to Ryu
    and he'll ask you to choose one of your friends to sacrifice for the power of
    Anfini.  Say yes when he asks if you understand, and then go back to the main
    room where the Wise Man of the Dragon is.  He'll tell you that you must enter
    the room of the person who you wish to sacrifice.
    
    This is a trick question; if you enter any of the rooms where your other 
    party members are, you really aren't prepared to receive Anfini.  You must 
    choose to sacrifice Ryu, so enter the room you just came out of, or, if you 
    lost track, the fifth doorway going from left to right.  Go into the room 
    where Ryu was standing and speak to him.  He'll wonder if you're undecided as 
    to whom to sacrifice, and let you know that your friends are more than 
    willing to do whatever it is they must for you.  Ryu will then ask you to 
    choose someone now, but just say no to this question.  He will say that you 
    are weak, ask that you be brave, and choose someone this instant.  Say no 
    once more.  Ryu will then pester you once more by asking you the same 
    question.  Reaffirm your stance by answering no.
    
    Ryu tells you that your journey ends here, but don't be afraid.  What happens 
    next appears to be a blackout of some sort.  Thankfully, Ryu is alive and 
    well when he wakes up near the sight of the other characters.  The Wise Man 
    of the Dragon tells you that you have passed the test by fighting against 
    your feelings to the very end.  Your reward is the most powerful of all 
    dragon powers:  Anfini.  Anfini is a special spell that only Ryu can cast, 
    and only in one particular battle:  against Deathevn.  It will be grayed out
    until then.
    
    Now that you have Anfini, you should leave the room and head back into the 
    main corridor of the floor.  Head south from the doorway and you'll be able 
    to either go southwest or southeast, following the steps.  Going southwest 
    takes you to a treasure chest containing a Noe'sRB, but will just lead you to a
    dead-end.  Go southeast and follow the path of steps to reach the staircase 
    leading to the next floor.
    
    On the 3rd lowest floor, you'll be in a new type of area--similar to the 
    insides of the Queen of Tunlan and Grandpa the Whale.  Simply enter the 
    doorway in the middle of the room to continue.  In the next room, going west 
    will take you to a treasure chest.  After getting the chest (the RiotST), head
    east and you'll be able to go east or south.
    
    Both directions lead to different rooms featuring ladders leading to different
    parts of the fourth lowest floor.  Starting from this point, you have a
    decision to make:  will you go south or east?  Both take you through the rest
    of Infinity to the 8th (and final) floor, but both feature different
    treasure chests along the way.  This walkthrough will show the path of the
    eastern door's ladder first, and then recommend that you go back up the
    southern door's ladder sections so you get all the treasure chests; all the
    while, leveling up your party at the same time.
    
    So take the eastern path from the RiotST treasure chest, enter the doorway, and
    take the ladder down to the 4th lowest floor.
    
    Here on the Eastern Ladder's path of the 4th floor, you'll be able to go 
    south or directly west.  Going south leads to a room with a treasure chest
    containing a HolyRP.  Go west and circle the room through the path to reach the
    ladder.  Then climb it down.
    
    Here on the Eastern Ladder's path of the 5th floor, you'll notice a shiny 
    orb-like object with two doorways and a separate path leading north.  The 
    eastern doorway leads to an empty room, so now you've got two options left.  
    The northern path will circle you around the room leading you to a new room 
    with a treasure chest containing a DragonSH, and a dead-end.  Enter the 
    northern doorway (near the orb) and take the ladder down to continue the 
    dungeon.
    
    Here on the Eastern Ladder's path of the 6th floor, follow the path and 
    you'll find another orb-like object.  Stepping onto it will teleport you to a 
    different area of Infinity, but it is recommended that you do not step on it 
    since you'll be skipping some sections (you'll eventually reach the area it 
    takes you to by going south of the orb).  Going north of the orb will lead you 
    to a treasure chest containing a DragonAR.  Going south will take you to
    another ladder leading further into Infinity, a Dragon Shrine (make sure you
    save), and a doorway leading to another room.  The doorway (east of the Dragon 
    Shrine) leads to an empty room, so don't waste your time.  Climb the ladder 
    down to the next floor.
    
    Here on the Eastern Ladder's path of the 7th floor, you should go west 
    and follow the path north into the next room.  Acquire the DragonSD from the 
    treasure chest and then go back to the ladder that led you to this floor.  Go
    east of it, though it appears there is nothing of value.  Keep walking in this
    area until you find a hole in the ground leading you to the next floor.  To
    help pinpoint the hole in question, look for the branch attached to the wall
    and then take two steps left of it.
    
    Here on the 8th (and final) floor of Infinity, move north (ignore the path 
    extending east and north) and you'll find another orb.  Recall back to the 
    6th floor where there was another orb.  Stepping onto that particular orb 
    would lead you here.
    
    Now you will make a decision:  do you wish to finish the game at this point (by
    entering the door north of the orb) or do you want to finish the other half of
    Infinity II (by climbing the ladder northeast of the orb)?  This walkthrough
    will explain directions on completing the second half, and then walk you
    through what's next.  For those attempting to complete the game at this point,
    skip the next couple of paragraphs.  For those who want to follow what's
    recommended, continue reading.
    
    For now, ignore the door north of the orb and head northeast and climb the 
    ladder up.
    
    Here on the Southern Ladder's path of the 7th floor (refer back to the 
    3rd floor for information on the Southern and Eastern Ladder variations of 
    floors four through seven), simply follow the path and climb the next ladder
    up.  There is nothing of value on this floor.
    
    Here on the Southern Ladder's path of the 6th floor, head north and you'll 
    notice a doorway.  Enter it and drink from the clear water to restore your 
    party members' HP/AP.  Exit the room and continue the path north, which will 
    extend northwest.  Climb the ladder up to the next floor.
    
    Here on the Southern Ladder's path of the 5th floor, head south to find a 
    chest containing a HolySH.  Afterwards, continue west, then south, and climb 
    the next ladder up.
    
    Here on the Southern Ladder's path of the 4th floor, you should notice a 
    ladder directly south of you leading up to the 3rd floor.  Ignore it for 
    now, and continue east.  When you spot a treasure chest on the screen, be
    extremely careful; there's a hidden hole in the ground nearby.  The hole is
    located one space down, and then one space left of the chest (meaning it's
    located a value of one space diagonally left and down of the treasure chest).
    
    The easiest way to avoid the hole is to make sure you walk directly to the
    treasure chest instead of a space south of it.  If you happen to fall into the
    hole, simply follow the path and climb the ladder up.  Head north after
    climbing the ladder to return back to the treasure chest.  Open the treasure
    chest for a DragonHT, and then return to the two ladders located west.  Climb
    the southern ladder to reach the 3rd floor.
    
    Here on the Southern Ladder's path of the 4rd floor, head south and out of 
    the room.  Continue east and then north, along the path to get back to the 
    Eastern Door's main path entrance.
    
    Congratulations.  You have just completely annihilated (from front to back) 
    Infinity.  Now you are more than ready to conquer what lies ahead.  Since 
    your party may be exhausted at this point, you should exit back to Dologany, 
    regroup, rest, and save.
    
    Unfortunately, you'll have to travel back through the depths of the second 
    half of Infinity once more, but it will all be worth it as you have saved 
    yourself the frustration of being unprepared for Deatheven.  Get back to the 
    8th floor; the Eastern Ladder's path from the 3rd floor is quicker than 
    the Southern Ladder's path since there's a teleport orb you can take that 
    will place you directly where you need to be (but you should save at the 
    Dragon Shrine found south of the orb, first).  Recall that you should be 
    entering the door on the 8th floor, north of the orb (drink from the clear 
    water by following the path the ladder northeast of the door takes you, 
    first).  The room inside should be pitch-black.
    
    Inside the pitch-black room, continue north and you'll shortly hear a voice 
    asking you if you're the destined child.  Then the voice will ask you to come 
    forward.  As you continue traveling up, the voice will ask if you're scared, 
    and then it should become apparent as to who it is you're about to meet:  the 
    demon that young Ryu and young Bow faced in ShowCave 1F.  Prepare yourself 
    for the ultimate of bosses:  Barubary.
    
    ############################
    # Boss Battle 36 A         #
    # Barubary (Opening Round) #
    ############################
    
    In the opening round of combat, have Ryu cast G.Drgn (with full AP), Bow and 
    Rand attack, and Bleu cast Bolt X.  After inflicting about 1300 damage points 
    to Barubary, the battle will end.
    
    Barubary will then ask Ryu if he is willing enough to challenge him by 
    himself.  Do not challenge Barubary as Ryu alone if you don't have any WiseBLs, 
    since they are the most critical item at this point in the game in terms of 
    AP restoration for his Dragon powers.  You should also have some Extracts or
    other HP restoring items, most notably Biscuits.
    
    It is recommended that you fight Barubary with all your party members.  If 
    you manage to defeat him as Ryu only, Barubary will praise you with much 
    respect and tell you the location of a secret treasure chest (which you can 
    get without beating him as Ryu).  If you defeat him with your party, Barubary 
    will simply give a speech about how your strength will not be able to take 
    down Deathevn.
    
    #######################
    # Boss Battle 36 B    #
    # Barubary (Ryu only) #
    #######################
    
    The game is kind enough to reward Ryu back to full HP and AP.  Have Ryu 
    immediately open up with G.Drgn to inflict 999 damage points to Barubary.  On 
    his next turn, Ryu should use a WiseBL to restore his AP.  Repeat the process 
    by casting G.Drgn once more.  If at any time Ryu's HP falls below 150, use an 
    Extract or whatever curative items you may have (Biscuits are last resorts).  
    After Ryu casts G.Drgn four times, Barubary will be terminated.
    
    #######################################
    # Boss Battle 36 C                    #
    # Barubary (Full Party--Recommended!) #
    #######################################
    
    Since Ryu's AP will be 0 when you restart against Barubary, have him attack 
    with the EmpireSD.  Bow should cast Cure 3 or X on the party, Rand should use a 
    WiseBL on Ryu, and Bleu should cast Bolt X.  The next turn should have Ryu 
    casting G.Drgn, Bow casting Cure 3 or X, and Rand and Bleu doing what they did 
    in their previous turn.  The timing of Ryu and Rand is critical in this 
    battle.  Ryu should cast G.Drgn and Rand should use a WiseBL after he casts 
    it.  This is so that in the very next turn, Ryu will have full AP to cast 
    G.Drgn once more.  Repeat the process until Barubary goes down.  Barubary's 
    fire/ice breath and other attacks usually do about 100 points of damage to 
    each party member, but a good dose of Cure 3 should be more than enough to 
    restore your party's HP.  Rand should be your back-up curer, so if your party 
    is getting slaughtered, consider having Rand and Bow cure, and Bleu using 
    WiseBLs on Ryu.
    
    After defeating Barubary, head north through the rest of the pitch-black 
    room.  In the next room, use the Dragon Shrine and change your party members 
    so that Katt and Sten are in your party if they aren't already.  Now is the 
    time to obtain the secret treasure chest Barubary was talking about 
    (regardless if you beat him as Ryu only or not).
    
    Head back into the pitch-black room and walk a couple steps south (three steps
    south from where you are starting from in the room).  Face the right side and
    put Katt in the lead of your marching order if she isn't already.  Activate her
    special power by pressing the Y BUTTON on the Controller to whack an invisible
    object obstruction your path.  Continue east after Katt whacks it away.  Head
    south when you can't go east anymore, then east when you can't go south
    anymore.  
    
    When you can't go east anymore, put Sten in the lead of the marching order 
    and have him activate his special power by pressing the Y BUTTON on the 
    Controller to reach to the invisible stake on the other side.  Now you are 
    able to obtain the treasure chest Barubary was talking about; in it lies the 
    LifeBR, a helpful "Etc." item that will prevent you from dying by the Death 
    spell.  Make sure Ryu or your most important character immediately equips 
    this, as you will find it helpful in the battle against Deathevn.
    
    Go back to the room north of the pitch-black room, save using the Dragon 
    Shrine, and drink from the clear water.  Step on the orb in the eastern part 
    of the room to be teleported to a different room.
    
    In this large, open, room, there are a number of doorways on each side of the 
    wall (excluding the north side).  These doorways lead to each other, and in 
    one case, take you further back into Infinity.  There is one doorway you need 
    to enter, and that is the one north of the orb you teleported from.  First, 
    though, you should get the treasure chest southwest of the orb for the KingHT.
    Enter the northern doorway when you're ready.  It is recommended that your 
    characters be in their mid to late LV 40s to early 50s, at least.
    
    As you proceed up in the final room of Infinity, you will be greeted by the 
    St. Eva God, himself, Evan.  He will call Ryu a "Nikanoru," a word used to 
    name someone who is a dead being.  Evan, abruptly, crystallizes the entire 
    party, supposedly killing them.  Then Ryu breaks out of the crystal, 
    shattering it to pieces.  Evan gets extremely upset and decides to shatter 
    each of your three crystallized party members, killing them.  Evan then gives 
    his speech about how Ryu will always be weaker than him, the power of "God."
    
    Ryu is now paralyzed thanks to Evan.  To break the paralysis, press any 
    direction on the CONTROL PAD (up, down, left, or right) rapidly.  Ryu will 
    break free, and you will have control of him.  Head up and approach Evan.  
    Something will burst inside Ryu (out of outrage for his fallen friends), and 
    a neat animation of him running across the floor will take place.  Ryu then 
    unsheathes his sword and rips Evan apart.  Evan falls into the abyss and an 
    earthquake occurs.  Then, the Demon God himself, Deathevn emerges.
    
    #####################
    # FINAL Boss Battle #
    # Deathevn          #
    #####################
    
    Have Ryu immediately open up by casting Anfini, which will finally not be
    grayed out in this battle against Deathevn.  After Ryu casts it, the scenery
    changes while Ryu remembers his friends.  Your party members that were killed
    by Evan are brought back to life and you are returned to the fight.
    
    Note:  if you do not cast Anfini, you will n-e-v-er be able to defeat Deathevn.
    
    With your party back, defeating Deathevn now seems plausible.  Have Ryu cast 
    G.Drgn, Bow cast Cure 3, Rand use a WiseBL on Ryu, and Bleu cast Bolt X.  
    Deathevn uses a multitude of attack and death spells.  The death spells will 
    be a thorn at your side.  If at any time in the battle, one of your 
    characters gets killed, sacrifice your party's turn to bring them back to 
    life.  Do not neglect characters who are dead or it could come back to haunt 
    you.  Keep your party alive with LifePls and Renew X.  At some point in the 
    battle, your characters (other than Ryu) will probably be out of AP.  Use 
    Biscuits to restore your HP, which should last you for the rest of the 
    battle.  Keep attacking Deathevn with strong powerful attacks to inflict a 
    couple hundred of damage points.  In time, he will be defeated.
    
    After defeating Deathevn, he will ask why you are so persistent in your 
    efforts to save the world.  He will disappear, not completely dead, and the 
    ending of Breath of Fire II will follow.
    
    Congratulations on finishing Breath of Fire II!
    
    _______________________________________________________________________________
    
                                     IV Appendices
    _______________________________________________________________________________
    
                                      O---------O
                                      | Endings |
                                      O---------O
    
    Breath of Fire II features three endings that you can view at some point in 
    the game.  This section will describe how to obtain the ending, and what the 
    ending is about.  Heavy spoilers abound!
    
    Worst Ending
    ============
    To view the worst ending, go through the game until after beating Habaruku in 
    battle at BushLnd (in the town of Gate).  Following the walkthrough, this 
    would be Section 119.
    
    After defeating Habaruku, he gives a farewell speech about how there will be 
    a day when the Demon God will show himself to the world, and that the world 
    will truly suffer.  The Dragon tells you that Habaruku is merely being 
    controlled by the Demon, and that the Demon can no longer receive energy from 
    St. Eva since all of its founders are now officially dead.
    
    The Dragon then asks Ryu an extremely important question:  should he allow 
    the Dragon to continue protecting the seal, hoping that the Demon won't be 
    able to show itself and break the seal, or does he want to confront the Demon 
    now and defeat it.  If you choose to "Wait," and reinforce your decision by 
    answering "Yes" again, you will get the worst ending in Breath of Fire II.
    
    The ending will tell you that the Demon became too strong for even Ryu to 
    challenge, and that the world's history will be frozen forever, which sounds 
    quite chilling when you see the picture of the Demon God (Deathevn) and all 
    of his minions.
    
    Sad Ending
    ==========
    To view the sad ending, complete the game without making TownShip fly.  To 
    do this, make sure you either kill Ganer--Ryu's father--in the battle in St. 
    Eva Church (with the three Guardeyes), or don't bring Eichichi (located in
    Guntz) to the well in TownShip.
    
    After Deathevn has been defeated, Ryu has a strong urge to see all of his 
    friends again, and toast to the victory over the Demon God with them.  When 
    you have control of your party, head south and exit the last room of 
    Infinity.  The last character of your current party will stand by and say 
    his/her last words before leaving.
    
    You head back to Dologany and are greeted by the Elder, Martin, and Wise Man 
    of the Dragon.  The scene switches back to TownShip, showing the characters 
    you didn't bring with you waiting for your return.  The party eventually 
    makes it out of Infinity and returns to Bush Land.  Ryu's friends compliment 
    him on how great he is.  As the party leaves BushLnd, something bothers 
    Ryu.  He then has a flashback, which occurred when they went to Dologany after
    defeating Deathevn.
    
    In it, he remembers what the Wise Man of the Dragon told him.  He told Ryu to
    go off with his friends, but to "fulfill your destiny," meaning to protect the
    world from the Demon God.  Ryu then flashbacks to what Deathevn said before he
    disappeared.  Deathevn has not been killed completely and is fast asleep, so
    Ryu senses that his mission hasn't been completed just yet.  Ryu feels that
    there is still work that needs to be done.  The party realizes that Ryu hasn't
    come back yet and decide to go back after him.  What follows next is a dragon's
    screech...
    
    The party goes back to the entrance of Infinity to find a new dragon 
    protecting the world:  Ryu.  They are deeply saddened by what has just 
    happened.  They try talking to Ryu, but Ryu does not answer for he is fast 
    asleep.  Ryu changed himself into a dragon to make sure that Deathevn will 
    never be able to escape from the underworld.  He made this sacrifice because 
    the dragon in his heart told him it was what he had to do.
    
    The credits roll.  The credits showcase the people of Breath of Fire II (not 
    the people who actually developed the game), which is rather neat since you 
    get to see every character's full name (including last names).  Character 
    graphics are shown, in-between, and at the end, a picture of Valerie, Ryu, 
    and Yua is shown in a Dragon Tear.  If you wait a while, the world will begin 
    to scroll inside the Dragon Tear.
    
    Best Ending
    ===========
    To view the best ending, simply complete the game after making TownShip fly.  
    To make TownShip fly, you must bring a person named Eichichi to the well in 
    TownShip (found in a secret room in Guntz--refer to Section 88 of the 
    walkthrough for detailed instructions on finding her).  You must also keep 
    Ganer--Ryu's father--alive by not killing him in the battle in St. Eva Church 
    featuring the three Guardeyes.  Defeat the Guardeyes by having Ryu cast his 
    weak Dragon Puppy spells, which only affect one target.  If you fulfill these
    two requirements, you are guaranteed the best ending.
    
    The ending plays out the same way as the Sad Ending except that Ryu does not
    change into a dragon.  After they escape Infinity, suddenly, TownShip hovers
    above Bush Land, and falls down over the entrances to Infinity, blocking them
    completely.  Eichichi and Ganer refuse to let Ryu give himself up in order to
    protect the world.  Ganer asks that Ryu go out into the world while he protects
    the place.  He tells Ryu to spread the joy of harmony so Deathevn will never be
    able to wake up.  Your friends welcome you back home, for good, and the credits
    roll the same way as in the Sad Ending.
    
                                      O---------O
                                      | Shamans |
                                      O---------O
    
    There are six shamans in the world of Breath of Fire II:  Sana, Water, Wind, 
    Earth, Holy, and Devil.  Here is where each is located.  This is also listed in
    the exact order you will be able to get the shamans.
    
    Fire Shaman:   Get Sana and Granny a new home (TownShip) and have a carpenter
                   build your town.  Sana, the Fire Shaman, will be available to
                   you to unite with.
    
    Water Shaman:  Get her in the Witch Tower (north of SimaFort); after defeating
                   Nimufu, head all the way back to the room where there were five
                   platforms you could step on, and enter the left passageway this
                   time.  Continue, and you'll find a woman (if you tried going
                   here before, she was actually a statue) who'll tell you she's a
                   Water Shaman named "Seso."  Seso will tell you she will head to
                   TownShip and wait for you.
    
    Wind Shaman:   Get Spoor in the Sky Tower; get to the top of the tower and
                   you'll be in a 'breathing room.'  Talk to the girl wandering
                   around on the center platform of this room.  "Spoor" tells you
                   that she's sorry for blowing fog; you learn she only did it
                   because she was bored.  You then learn that Spoor is the Wind
                   Shaman.  She then decides to go back to Granny in TownShip.
    
    Earth Shaman:  Getting Solo is a little complicated.  You must donate 2000
                   coins (twenty 100 coin donations) in Namanda, but before the
                   fall of Evrai.  After you've donated, go through the game up
                   until when you revisit Gate for the 'grand finale,' and check
                   back in Farm Town.  In Farm Town, head through Daisy's house and
                   step onto the plowing field.  Solo should be standing there, so
                   talk to her and she'll gladly warp back to TownShip and stay
                   with Granny until you need her.
    
                   (Note on getting the Earth Shaman:  contrary to popular belief,
                   you can have any of your party members cast magic in the plowing
                   field outside Daisy's house when battling the enemies, and the
                   Earth Shaman will still join you.  This rumor that you cannot
                   cast magic is false; the only prerequisite is to donate 2000
                   coins in Namanda before Evrai's fall.)
    
    Holy Shaman:   Get Seny in Bando; enter the church and continue north into the
                   secret passageway beneath the statue.  You'll then be in a
                   dungeon.  From the stairway, head north and enter the next
                   stairway going down.  On this next floor, enter the doorway to
                   your right, and you'll find the Holy Shaman, "Seny."  Talk to
                   her and she'll reluctantly head back to Granny so you can unite
                   with her.
    
    Devil Shaman:  Get Shin inside Infinity; when you head back to Gate towards the
                   end of the game (after the villagers bomb the Dragon and the
                   demons rush outside), enter the left opening of Bush Land.
                   Remember the doors that were sealed before the bombing?  Well,
                   now that they are open you can enter them.  So enter the left
                   door (the right door leads you to the left door, and vice versa,
                   so it doesn't actually matter which door you enter), and you'll
                   find the "Devil Shaman" walking about.  Talk to her, and she'll
                   introduce herself as "Shin," and head to Granny's.
    
    The following is a complete listing of every possible shaman and character 
    combination.  An "*" next to a character's name means this is one of their 
    best shaman combinations, or what Granny would say, a "great success."
    
    Character     Shaman(s)         Bonuses                            Appearance
    =========     =========         =======                            ==========
    Bow           Sana                      +Off.                      -
    Bow           Seso              +Wisdom                            -
    Bow           Spoor                                 +Vigor         -
    Bow           Solo                            +Def.                -
    Bow           Seny              -                                  -
    Bow*          Seny  & Shin      +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Knight
    
    Rand          Sana                      +Off.                      -
    Rand          Sana  & Spoor             +Off.       +Vigor         -
    Rand*         Sana  & Solo      +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Rodent
    Rand          Sana  & Seny              +Off.                      -
    Rand          Seso              +Wisdom                            -
    Rand          Seso  & Spoor     +Wisdom             +Vigor         -
    Rand*         Seso  & Solo      +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Rodent
    Rand          Seso  & Seny      +Wisdom                            -
    Rand          Spoor                                 +Vigor         -
    Rand          Spoor & Seny                          +Vigor         -
    Rand          Solo                            +Def.                Blue
    Rand*         Solo  & Seny      +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Rodent
    Rand          Seny              -                                  -
    
    Katt*         Sana  & Shin      +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Ghoul
    Katt*         Seso  & Shin      +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Ghoul
    Katt*         Spoor & Shin      +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Ghoul
    Katt*         Shin              +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Ghoul
    
    Nina          Sana                      +Off.                      -
    Nina          Sana  & Spoor             +Off.       +Vigor         Green
    Nina          Sana  & Solo              +Off. +Def.                -
    Nina          Sana  & Seny              +Off.                      -
    Nina          Sana  & Shin              +Off.              +AP     -
    Nina          Seso              +Wisdom                            -
    Nina          Seso  & Spoor     +Wisdom             +Vigor         Green
    Nina          Seso  & Solo      +Wisdom       +Def.                -
    Nina          Seso  & Seny      +Wisdom                            -
    Nina          Seso  & Shin      +Wisdom                    +AP     -
    Nina          Spoor                                 +Vigor         Green
    Nina*         Spoor & Seny      +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Fairy
    Nina          Solo                            +Def.                -
    Nina          Solo  & Seny                    +Def.                -
    Nina          Solo  & Shin                    +Def.        +AP     -
    Nina          Seny              -                                  -
    Nina          Shin                                         +AP     -
    
    Sten          Sana                      +Off.                      Red
    Sten*         Sana  & Spoor     +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Warrior
    Sten          Sana  & Solo              +Off. +Def.                Red
    Sten          Sana  & Seny              +Off.                      Red
    Sten          Seso              +Wisdom                            -
    Sten          Seso  & Spoor     +Wisdom             +Vigor         -
    Sten          Seso  & Solo      +Wisdom       +Def.                -
    Sten          Seso  & Seny      +Wisdom                            -
    Sten          Spoor                                 +Vigor         -
    Sten          Spoor & Seny                          +Vigor         -
    Sten          Solo                            +Def.                -
    Sten          Solo  & Seny                    +Def.                -
    Sten          Seny              -                                  -
    
    Jean          Seso              +Wisdom                            -
    Jean          Seso  & Spoor     +Wisdom             +Vigor         -
    Jean*         Seso  & Seny      +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Frogman
    Jean          Spoor                                 +Vigor         -
    Jean*         Spoor & Seny      +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Frogman
    Jean*         Seny              +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Frogman
    
    Spar*         Sana  & Shin      +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Dragon
    Spar*         Seso              +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Sprite
    Spar*         Seso  & Spoor     +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Sprite
    Spar*         Seso  & Solo      +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Sapling
    Spar*         Seso  & Seny      +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Sprite
    Spar*         Seso  & Shin      +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Sprite
    Spar          Spoor & Shin                          +Vigor +AP     Purple
    Spar*         Solo              +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Sapling
    Spar*         Solo  & Seny      +Wisdom +Off. +Def. +Vigor +AP     Sapling
    Spar          Shin                                         +AP     Purple
    
                                       O-------O
                                       | Hints |
                                       O-------O
    
    This is an ongoing list of miscellaneous hints that haven't been integrated
    in the walkthrough.
    
    1:  If you get Martin in House 5 of Township, and he asks you to give him 3000
        coins, say no. Leave for a while and come back later and talk to him again.
        He'll feel bad about trying to trick you, and will give you 5000 coins.
    
    2:  Did you know that there's yet another Breath of Fire I character who makes
        his way into Breath of Fire II?  It's Gobi.  If you are fishing in certain
        spots, like around SimaFort, you will notice Gobi.
    
    _______________________________________________________________________________
    
                                     V Conclusion
    _______________________________________________________________________________
    
                                      O---------O
                                      | Credits |
                                      O---------O
    
    Before August 2005
    ==================
    I didn't keep a record of those who helped with contributions, so I apologize
    for not listing you if you did submit a correction during this time period
    (2001 - 2005).
    
    Name:  BioSheex
    Date:  August 2005
    ==================
    1.   Special Combat descriptions.
    2.   Palo, Peach, Puti Boss strategy.
    3.   Pests Boss strategy.
    4.   Roach Boss strategy.
    5.   Answering no to Bow's question about sleeping after rescuing Suzy.
    6.   Coursair Bar tender won't ask you to kill time until it's evening if it's
         night time already.
    7.   Baba Boss strategy.
    8.   Fishing spot near Coliseum side quest tip.
    9.   Alternate strategy for keeping 1000C in Coliseum.
    10.  Difference between not saving versus saving Katt in Coliseum.
    11.  Augus Boss strategy.
    12.  No random encounters in maze leading to Windia.
    13.  Ray teaches Cure2 instead of Renew if you save < 6 villagers.
    14.  Carpenter benefits.
    15.  Carpenter availability hinges on number of villagers rescued.
    16.  Tenant information:  You can't recruit them all.
    17.  Witch Tower Room of 5 platforms (platforms 2 and 3 are bad).
    18.  Nimufu Boss strategy.
    19.  Not following instructions in WildCat triggers battle.
    20.  Cook grants 16 maximum HP if you answer Q&A differently.
    21.  ChopChop description.
    22.  Gills can be used in Sky Tower too, not just SimaFort.
    23.  GoldFly Boss strategy.
    24.  Catching an uparupa outright without going to OwlWoods.
    25.  Uparupa Boss strategy.
    26.  Portal Boss strategy.
    27.  Aruhamel/Aruhameru translation error.
    28.  Ryu Smoke spell versus Smoke items.
    29.  Best use for Spoor is to be bonded with Sten (Sana & Spoor).
    30.  Note that Eichichi is in Guntz (first time visiting).
    31.  Monster Island enemy strategies (lots).
    32.  Boombada spell description.
    33.  SkullBR item location.
    34.  Oldman Guardeye X 3 Boss strategy.
    35.  Able to fish EmpireSD and LifeAR just by using Worms.
    36.  MeowST misspelling.
    37.  If you don't use Anfini you will never defeat Deathevn.
    38.  Bleu biography error corrected (mermaid versus snake).
    
    Name:  R.Legois
    Date:  Unknown (2005 or 2006)
    =============================
    1.  LoveBR item location.
    
    Name:  John Kim
    Date:  November 2006
    ====================
    1.  WiseBL recipe correction.
    
    Name:  Adriano
    Date:  November 20, 2006
    ========================
    1.  Ryu is a good candidate for ChopChop.
    2.  Monster Island enemy strategies.
    
    Name:  Sarah
    Date:  April 3, 2007
    ====================
    1.  Idea to give better directions to Witch Tower and Uparupa Cave.
    2.  Tip about using Shrimp to fish out the EmpireSD.
    
    Name:  Daniel
    Date:  July 24, 2007
    ====================
    1.  Idea to give directions on how to exit the Circus near Tunlan.
    
    Name:  glening
    Date:  August 14, 2007
    ======================
    1.  Prayer Song solution.
    
    Name:  Christopher
    Date:  October 4, 2007
    ======================
    1.  Contributed to 3000 C location in SimaFort.
    2.  Tip about Martin (House 5 tenant).
    
    Name:  Agni
    Date:  November 3, 2007
    =======================
    1.  Money making tip early in the game via fishing.
    2.  Emphasizing Nina as the best candidate for ChopChop.
    
    Name:  Andy
    Date:  December 1, 2007
    =======================
    1.  Contributed to 3000C location in SimaFort.
    
    Name:  Jim
    Date:  December 31, 2007
    ========================
    1.  Kill Chorkings on Monster Island by using Frizbees.
    
    Name:  Blake
    Date:  March 2, 2008
    ====================
    1.  StoneAR and JahAR droppable from enemies near SimaFort and Hut.
    2.  Great drop items found in Witch Tower and Thieves Tomb.
    3.  Idea about warning readers to prepare before Kuwadora fight and Bleu.
    4.  Gobi appearing in fishing spots.
    
    Name:  Eric
    Date:  March 2, 2008
    ====================
    1.  N.Rider only appears at nighttime.
    
    Name:  Ed
    Date:  March 22, 2008
    =====================
    1.  Terapin and Munmar Boss strategies.
    
    Name:  David
    Date:  May 17, 2008
    ===================
    1.  Nina's Angel spell being effective against the enemies in Thieves Tomb.
    
    Name:  kitchenknife
    Date:  May 26, 2008
    ===================
    1.  Smile Face effect:  obtain MoonDrop in Thieves Tomb.
    2.  Strange Face effect:  character in lead gets cursed in Thieves Tomb.
    
    Name:  KingKetchup
    Date:  December 22, 2009
    ========================
    1.  Prayer Song correction.
    2   Prayer Song tip.
    3.  (Unintentionally) motivating me to finally put a ribbon on this guide!
    
    Everyone else
    =============
    If I missed anyone I sincerely apologize.  I would like to thank everyone who
    has e-mailed me about the game and shared with me their thoughts and opinions
    about the guide.  The guide would not be what it is today without your help!
    
    
                                    O------------O
                                    | Copyrights |
                                    O------------O
    
    Breath of Fire II is (c) 1994, 1995 Capcom.

    FAQ Display Options: Printable Version